/ GIFT or Dr. Horace Ivie EDUCATION DEPT ?4^ A ^ / 7 ELEMEISTTAEY GERMAN GRAMMAR Mxih €xerciec3 BY CARL EDUARD AUE, Ph.D. FORMERLY GERMAN MASTER IN THE HIGH SCHOOL OF EDINBURGH ^'.■^ ^^' ' W. & E. CHAMBERS, Limited LONDON AND EDINBURGH 1897 ^-^^-^Lc^ GERMAN SERIES. Edited by Du Aue, FORMERLY GERMAN MASTER IN THE HIGH SCHOOL, EDINBIKCH S. d. I First German Reading Book i 6 German Grammar, Elementary, with additional Exercises 1 G German Grammar, Advanced 3 Phrase-Book, English-German 1 G German Synonyms, Dictionary of 1 6 German Dictionary — German and English, bound 4 German- English Part, n 2 G English- German Part, » 2 G 'W..& R. GHAMB^-BS; Limited, 47 Paternoster Row, ■ LONDON ; i^ :339 High Street, EDINBURGH. GIFT OF Ib^» V\6V^^<-^ X v^<- co:n^tents. PAGE I. ALPHABET 1 II. PRONUNCIATION AND ORTHOGRAPHY 2 III. ELEMENTS OF THE CONSTRUCTION OF SENTENCES 7 IV. VERB 11 V. THE AUXILIARY VERBS OF TENSE 14 VL THE REGULAR CONJUGATIONS 22 VIL CLASSIFICATION OF THE STRONG VERBS 34 VIIL IRREGULAR CONJUGATION 45 IX. CONJUGATION OF THE PASSIVE VOICE 50 X. COMPOUND VERBS 52 XI. THE ARTICLE 56 XII. THE SUBSTANTIVE 57 Xin. THE GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES 58 XIV. THE DECLENSION OF SUBSTANTIVES 66 XV. THE DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES 84 XVL COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 90 XVIL PRONOUNS 94 XVIIL NUMERALS 108 XIX. ADVERBS 115 XX. PREPOSITIONS 121 XXL CONJUNCTIONS 127 XXIL INTERJECTIONS 131 ADDITIONAL EXERCISES 132 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF STRONG AND IRREGULAR VERBS 153 ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS 160 924158 NOTE ON THE CHANGED SPELLING OF CERTAIN GEIIMAN WOEDS. In the present work tlie spelling of German is that which has long been the usual or standard system in German literature. This orthography was for the most part but little aJBTected by the isolated efforts of scholars to secure the adoption of a simpler and more self-consistent spelling, a system more in accordance with phonetic principles, and with the historical develoimient of the German tongue. Of late, however, a partial modification of the received spelling of a considerable number of words has rapidly gained ground in German literature, in accordance with rules sanctioned by the Prussian Minister of Public Instruction in 18S0. The principal words modified by this system maybe arranged under the following lieads. I. Instead of t^, t only is spelt in these three groups of words : 9lat, advice, and its derivatives and compounds (vaten. advise ; i&eirat, marriage ; ratfet, riddle ; tcrraten, betray ; &c.). 9?ct, red. Sf?ute, rod. SBevt, worthy (wcvt\Jotl, &c.). SGBut, rage. 3ievat, ornament. In 9ltem. breath (not 2Itr;em). 3hmttt, poverty (not Slimuf^). JBtutc, blossom. Shtt, flood. ®lut, glow. STUetc, hire. CDiut, courage 9'lot, distress. ^ate, godfather. In !Jau, cable ; !Icil, part ; Zen, tar ; Zicx, animal ; teitcr, dear ; ' tiertcifcigen, defend. Also in Surt, ford ; Surm, tower ; SBirt, inn- keeper. In the termination turn ; as Sigentum (not ©igentl^um), property ; 2lltcrtiuit, antiquity ; Srrtum, error ; &c. II. 5Iot, dead, and its derivatives are spelt without b ; bet ZoU, the dead man (not ber Jiobte) ; ti'ten, to kill ; Jlotenbett, deathbed. (The noun Jlob, death, and its derivatives, have b only.) III. iBrot, bread, instead of Srot. IV. Instead of ^, 8 only is used in the termination mS ; as JTenntnil knowledge ; 3cugnt3, testimony. So in the prefix niiS ; as QJitgtvauen, mistrust. V. %tax, starling, and So8, lot, instead of ®taar, 2do3. VI. For c, f is spelt in such words as Jtkffe, class; Jtoncjvcp, congress. VII. For c, I is spelt in S^csembcr, JJonjil, Stonint, Dffiitcr, $vin3tva(, &c. Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2007 with funding from IVIicrosoft Corporation http://www.archive.org/details/elementarygermanOOauecrich GERMAN HANDIV^RITINCt. ^■B 6 B b bay. 6 c C c tsay. 5) b D d day. (S e E e aye.. 2? f F f eff. & 9 G g gay- ^ D H h hah. 3 i I i ee. 3 i J J yot. ^ f K k kah. S I L 1 ell. SSI m M m em. dl n N D en. oh. i^ P P p pay. rx q Q q koo. !R r R r err. e [« S 8 ess. % t T t tay. u u U u 00. 33 tj V V ; j ,^ , ,« fow. OB TO W w ,,' ,' *>/ ^ Vay. X X X •'« > . ' ■ Iks. 8) IP Y ^'-yy^i ' 'J.yp^^Ma. >. 3 J Z z ' tsot-. : '.; ' • Note. The « final is substituted for tbe 8o-ralled long f at the end of syllable only — *a in Hi, tt%, U«.bar. A 'i KLEMKXTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. § 2. Besides the simple letters of the alphabet, the following compound letters are employed : — As substitutes for simple sounds — ct? = ch tsay-hah ; the guttural (t). p^ = ph pay-hah ; sounds like f. fd^ = sch ess-tsay-hah ; sounds like ah. t^ = th tay-hah ; sounds like t. As substitutes for double consonants — (f = ck tsay-kah ; is used for double t § — sz ess-tset ; is used for double f. ^ = tz tay-tset ; is used for double g. n. PRONUNCIATION AND ORTHOORAPHY. I. TOWELS. § 3. The pure vowels are a, e, t, 0, U. TLey are pronounced as follows : — a sounds like the pure Italian a in ' father ;' f sounds like a in ' gate,' or g in ' get ;' i sounds like ee in * feel,' or i in ' fOl ;' sounds like o in ' shore,' or o in ' short ;' U sounds like oo in ' fool,' or m in * fwll.' Every vowel has, according to circumstances, either a long or a short sound — that is, its pronunciation may occupy a longer or shorter portion of time. Examples : — a long in fam, bot ; short in Jtnmin, bait). e long in rcben, gcben; short in rotten, ijelten. i long in mir, bir ; short in mit, fliU. long in 3^011, @trom; short in ®ott, 5onn. U long in I)U, ^ut ; shori in builliu, ^uilb. 1 4. .Three of.tWp^re Vowels — namely, a, 0, u — admit of beictg"* Si)ftened'. or mddifi^ed^ The vowels so changed are tenned modi/ied.voweU aRd^tll« change is marked by e put ftftftr*tKe*"le*t*fr^ "^t'n ft*is Ji dapital, and by two little strokes e'aboVe it, ^Hen it is a small letter. They are pronounced thus : — Qlc, d sounds like e in ' get,' or like the French i in * p^re * Oe, 6 sounds like the French eu in ' pew,' ' feu' lie. h sounds Uke the French u in ' du' ' Tms.' PBOKT7NOIATION AND ORTHOGRAPHY. 3 The modified vowels are either long or short, but the nature of the sound of each remains the same under all circumstances. Examples : — d long in fame, SBdr ; short in Stammt, fdflt. 6 long in ^^one, Del ; short in fonnen, Oertcr. u long in fur, ^ute j short in O'ur ji, <^utU. Note For the soonds of the modified o and u, there are no eqniyalents in English ; but the student may acquire the correct pronunciation of 6 by trying to pronounce t with contracted or rounded lips ; and that of tt by trying to pronounce i in a similar manner. § 5. 9) (ypsilon) is a foreign vowel, and sounds like the modified u, or the French u in ' dw,' ' fiMS.' Examples :— p long in QJolpp, ^fi)I ; short in SWprte, Sbijfle. § 6. A vowel is long when not followed by any consonant, or by one consonant only ; it is short when followed by a double consonant, or by two consonants originally belonging to the same syllable. Examples : — With a long vowel — bu, mir, ®raf, 3Brob, iBIm, SBdb*er, ftreb*cn, lob*t. With a short vowel— SSaU, ^yian, fromni, @toff, Jtraft, fait, ©aft, ^an'D, fremb, ©olb, 'Bdnb*cr, fterb'cn, finbsen. Notet. 1. Some pronouns, prepositions, and ot})er words incapable of inflec- tion, form an exception to this rule; e.g. — e«, tai, bcfl, toai, man, in, an, con, urn, mit, Hi, ab, ob, weg. In like manner bin, (I) am, ^at, (he) has. Unaccented syllables, as be, ge, er, vex, jcr, en, em, djen, &c., are also excepted. 2. The double consonants ^ and df> at the end of a syllable, leave it uncertain whether the preceding vowel is long or short. § 7. In a greai number of words, orthography employs particular signs to shew that a vowel is long. 1. Three of the pure vowels can be doubled — namdy, a, e, and o. Examples :—^2lal, U.Viar, ^aar, (Staat ; leer, aJ?eer, ^eet, ^lee; ^loox, l^OD§, SBooi. 2. The vowel i is lengthened by e being put after it. Examples :— bie, nie, tief, SBier, SBrief, iUeb. 3. All vowels, whether pure or modified, are long when followed by \), provided the t) belongs to the same syllable. The ^ in such cases is mute. 4 ELKMENTARY GERM A.N ORAM MAR. Examples :—9Ba:^n, la^ni, mc^r, Ic^ren, i!^m, O^r, Jto^l, n. DIPHTHONGS. § 8. The German language has five dij)hthongs — namely, ei, at, an, tu, du, the last being the modified an. ei is pronounced hke the English i in * fine,' or y in * my.' ai has nearly the same sound as ci. an is pronounced nearly as the English ou in * tho«.' eu and du are both pronounced like oi in ' point.' All diphthongs are long. Examples :—mcm, rein, fein, Brett; Wlain. 0lain, «^ain; laut, brauit, blou, S^raunt; neu, treu, ^reube, l^eute; irdume, 3Bdume, JQau^tx, ^auit, III. CONSONANTS. § 9. The consonants are divided, according to the organs by which they are articulated — the throat, tongue, and lips — into gutturals, Unguals, and labials ; and, according to the degree of their more or less perfect articulation, into semi- consonants or spirants (that is, breathing- sounds), liquids, and mutes. The mutes are subdivided, according to the lesser or greater intensity with which they are uttered, into soft, hard, and aspirate. This classification is exhibited in the following table : — eCTTCRALS. I.INOCAL8. LABIA lA 1. Semi-Consonants, i f, U1) 1 » 2. Liquids, . r I, n m 3. Mutes— a. Soft, b. Hard, . c. Aspirate, . 9 f (c), Q t (P, i, wanting. b r ', r (rb) 1 , The spirant b, being formed by the mere breath, doea not belong to \ny of the articulating organs in particular. 2. The letters f (I), ff, i, j, f(^, are also called sibilants, from the hissing nHtQre of th«ir eonnda^ PRONUNCIATION AND ORTHOGRAPHY. 5 1. OUTTCRAL8.* § 10. 3 (jot) has the sound of the English y in '_^es.' Examples : — \a, 3a^r, jc, jcber, 3ammcr, 3ubel. § 11, S) coiumonlj sounds like the English ^ in *^ive.' When it stands at the end of a word or syllable, and is I)receded by a, 0, U, or au, its soiind approaches, but is not quite so strong, as that of ch in the Scotch word ' loch.' When at the end of a word or syllable, and preceded by e, i, d, o, ii, ei, eu, or du, it sounds like j in ja, or^ in '^es.' It takes the latter sound also after r and I. Examples :— gut, ®ott, grof, ©artcu; Xa^, bog, flug; 8teg, ^rieg, ^cig, Ieug*nen, trug*lic^ ; 33erg, 3Burg, arg, farg, 'iarg. When a word of this nature increases by inflection, so that g remains no longer the final letter, but becomes the first letter of the next syllable, its pronunciation inclines towards that of ,^ in '^ive,' but without entirely losing the peculiar sound of cA ory respectively. Examples: — ^a*ge, SBo*gen, fUuge; @tc*ge, ^rie*gcg, beu» gen ; 5?cr*ge, 23ur*gcn, JiaUgeS. When at the end of a word, and preceded by n, g j)reserve8 its original sound of ^ in '^ive,' but coalesces into one sound with n (as ng in 'low^' or 'riw^') when the word increases by inflection. Examples :— lang, 0ling, iung ; Idnger, 9flinge, jiinger. § 12. The aspirate guttural d) has the two difibrent sounds of cA in 'locA,' and of ^ in 'yes' (or rather a little stronger), under circumstances similar to those mentioned above with regard to the letter g ; for it has the pronunciation of ch, when preceded by a, 0, U, or au ; and that ofy (or somewhat stronger) when preceded by any of the other vowels or diphthongs, or by r, I, n. Examples :—'S)ad:i, nad^, mac^cn, 9iarljt, bod;, ^odi, fod^en, lud?, 3Bud), and;, ^vaud), 3^aud;cr ; id), redjt, bred?en, rddje n, ricctjen, reic^, gleid), eud;, leud^teu, iCid^t, uid;t, ndc^tlic^ ; burd;, ilcurd^t, ]VLX^Un, 2)old?, Jtclrt), mand^, * All consonants not a.lr^ned to in the foUowine paragraphs are pronounced as in EngUab. 6 JCLRMENTART GERMAN GRAMMAR. When, in words of Greek extraction, d^ occurs as initial before a, o, u, or a consonant, it is pronounced like f ; but it has the soft sound resembling: (thouirh stronger than) that of y in 'yes' before i or c. Examples :—S:^arafter, di^ox, (S^vijl; S^emie, S^irurg. In words originally German, d) is pronounced like f oiil} before f (8), provided the f forms part of the stem. In wurtls of this description, z is the equivalent in English of the German d)§. Examples :— Dd?8, ox ; i^udjS, fox ; ^ud^fe, a box ; fed^g, six ; iJIadjS, flax ; 2)ad^g, badger ; 5BadjS, vvax ; wadjfcn, to wax ; SCBec^fel, change. 2. UROOALS § 13. The sound of [ is soft, resembling that of the English z in ' zone,' ' zeal,' or s in * desire,' ' bo5om.' Examples : — (So!^n, @onnc, fogen, 9flofe, 53uj"cn, reifcn. § 14. The § and jf are pronounced like ss in English. The fj" is used only after a short vowel, p after a long vowel or a diphthong. At the end of a word, however, orthographj forbids the use of ff, even though a short vowel precede. Examples : — Short vowels in cffcn, lajjcu, mujyen ; long in reifcn, griifcn, j!icfcn, a)aipe. Long in ®rii§, 2)iap, tic§ ; short in baf , ^a^, mu§, 9^uf, ^luf . § 16. @^ is pronounced like sh in English. Examples :— rafc^, frifdj, Xi^dti, fd^on, @d^af, @c^iff, englifcl^, @c^Iitteii, fc^mcljcn, fc^reiben, (Sd^ioan. § 16. % is always pronounced as in English, except before i with another vowel after it, in which position it sounds like the German j. Examples : — S^^ation, patient, ^^ortion. 3^ is pronounced like t, there being no sound in Gennan like the English th. The vowel precciling t^ is long. Examples :— rot^, ^ati), »JDhit^, 0lot^, Cot^. § 17. 3 is a simple sign for a mixed sound — namely, td ; accordingly, its sound is much harder than that of ihe English z. After a short vowel, ^ is made the substitute for a double j. 0ON8TRDCT1ON OF SENTBNOEB. 7 ExAMi'LHs :— gu, je^n, ^M, ja^m, Beit, v^olj, ^eij, ©eij- Sa§, ^4>la^, Sli^, jl^en, Jta^c. f^ita^en. § 18. (§, is pronounced like f before a, o, u, an, and before a consonant; but like j or English to before e, i, d, 0, U, t) Its use is limited to words of foreign origin, whilst, in ^^urds originally German, its place is now supplie«l by f and j. Examples:— Gantoibat, Sonjlfloiiuui, (Slaubiug, 5lcten; Sentrum, ©iccro, ©afar, ©plinber. § 19. 3^ is pronounced like H, of which two consonants it is composed. Examples :—%xt, %ni, ^nt. 3. LABIALA. § 20. 2B sounds nearly like the English v, shghtly inclining towards w. Examples: — SBcin, wo, irann, itie, ffiinb, itiU, xva\)t, OBoIfe, SGBolf, ©ort, ffiafjer. § 21. 33 is pronounced Uke f in all originally German words, whilst in all words borrowed from the Latin oi French languages, it has the sound of the English r or the Gennan to. Examples : — Like f in 33ater, Oon, OoCi, ^olf, ^Ogel, oiei Oiel ; like vo in QSenuS, ^bUocat, bi»iDtren, !i)lo»eniber, Sicree, hl BLEMBNTS OK THB CONSTRUCTION OF SKNTBNCKfe. I. THE DIBKCT PRINCIPAL SENTENCE- § 22. Every ex pression of a thought by words is called a sentence. The e^sential members of every sentence are the Subject — that is, the person or thing of which something is said or as.serted ; and the Predicate — that is, that which is said or asserted regarding the subject (from the Latin word praedicar<\ u> |)roclaira, to assert). § 23. When the predicate is an adjective, or a aubstantirc, n an adverbial expression, the assertion is made by some form if the verb (ein, to be, which joins the preV. rXPKE»XION. NEGATIVK. PRKJ>ICATK. 5)a§ 33u^ the book in is nic^t not Icid^t, easy. 2)er 93ogcI the bird flngt sings nic^t, not. 2)er 93ogeI the bird fann can nid^t not flngen, sing. 3d, I fcbe see bag ^3uc^ the book nic^t, not. 5Bir we l)abcn have ben ^Brief the letter nidjt not erl^altcn, received 3d) I have i^n feit einer him for a ®od,e week ntc^t not gefc^cn, seen. 10 RLKMBNTART GERMAN GRAMMAR. Note. Tlie above rule concerning the position of ntd()t is abandoned when, in a negative assertion, a particular member of the sentence is to be made emphatic by contrast ; in this case, nic^t precedes the emphatic word- II. THE INVERTED PRINCIPAL SENTENCE. § 28. Under certain circumstances, the natural or direct order of a sentence must be inverted, so that the subject and the assertion change places with each other. A construction of this kind is called an inverted principal sentence. The inversion takes place especially — 1. In direct interrogative sentences — that is, in sentences containing a direct question by the speaker : 3ll tie 9loi"c rot^?— 6ingt ber 93ogeI ? Is the rose red ? — Does the bird sing ] OBirb bcr 33ogeI jtngcn ? Will the bird sing ? 2. In imperative sentences — that is, in sentences containing a direct command by the speaker : @cien @ie o^ne S'urd^t, be (you) without fear. 3. When, for the sake of emphasis, the predicate, an object an adverbial expression, or a dependent clause, is placed before the subject and verb : Stwxi iji bag Jeben, short is life. 2)en ^ricf ^aben njit ev^alten, the letter have we received. J&eute ^abcn n:ir ben ^3rief cr^alten, to-day have we the letter received. 5J)a8 bcr 3Brief mt^dli, ^at jlc mir nidjt ocit^e^lt, what the letter contains, has she (from) me not conccalcil. III. THE U E P E > D K N T S K N T F. v r P- § 29. When two or more clauses are joined together, thev are either co-ordinate, or the one is subordinate to the other If they are co-ordinate, the above rules are followed in tht VERB. 11 construction of each clause. If oue is subordinate, the arrangement of the principal clause is the same as usual — that is, either direct or inverted — whilst in the dependent clause, the word containing the assertion is removed to the end. Dependent clauses are generally known from the suburdinative conjunctions (§ 158) or relative pronouns, by wliich they are connected with the {»rincipal clause. Examples : — 1. Co-ordinate sentences : (Jinti^e JRofen jlnb rot:^, anbcre flub n.^ci§, some roses are red, others are white. ©ir fe^en mit ben %\x^i\\, unb mx ^oren mit ben Dl)ren, we see with our eyes, and we hear with our ears. 3ci? tciU nad^ 5)eutf(i)laub reifen, beS^alB lerne id? 1)eiitfrt), I intend to go to Germany, therefore I am learning Geniian. @S mu§ geregnet l^aben, benn bie i^tuffe ftnl) aiivjefd^uollen, it must have rained, for the rivers are swollen. 2. Principal and dependent clauses : @r vct\% ba^ fein Scben auf bem @j)iele fie^i, he knows that his life is at stake, 3cf? irurbe gefommcn fein, n?enn ic^ ^nt ge^abt ^dire, I should have come if I had had time. 5Cir trijfen 5lUeS, traS ge[cJ?e!^en ifl, we know all that has happened. 5)er 93ogel, njelc^en ic^ gefauft ^abc, flugt nictjt, the bird which I have bought does not sing. IV. VERB. § 30. A verb expresses that a person or thing (tbr subject) is in a certain condition, or that he or it perfonns an action, or is acted u})on. A verb denoting an action which requires an object to complete its idea, and has the object sutfering the action in the accusative case, is called a transitive verb ; as — id) fd)la9( (ben J^unb), I strike (the dog) ; id) pflanje (einen ^aum), I plant (a tree). 12 BLBMBNTART aBRMAN GRAMMAR. A verb denoting a mere state or condition, or an action which does not admit of any bearing upon an object, is called an intransitive verb; as — id^ [d^Iaff, I sleep; ic^ [f&e, I sit ; id? o^ti)t, I walk ; id} lauft, I run ; ic^ fommc, I come. The latter term comprises also those verbs of action which, while they require an object to complete their idea, yet do not govern the accusative case ; as — id) gebenfe ([finer), 1 think (of him) ; ic^ '^elfc (ben Qlrmen), I help (the poor, or, literally, to the poor). § 31. The usual form of the verb, when the subject is represented as the person or thing being in a state or per- forming an action, is called the active form or voice ; as — id; [djiafe, I sleep ; bcr ^nabe [d?Iagt ben -§unb, the boy strikes the dog; bcr ©drtner ^flanjt einen SSaum, the gardener plants a tree. liut if the object in which the action terminates (as — the dog, a tree) is represented as the subject in a state of suflfer- iug the action, the particular forai which the verb then assumes is called the passive form or voice; as — bet J^unb wirt Don bem ^naben gefc^lagen, the dog is being beaten by the boy ; ein 3Baum Jrurbe tjon bem ©drtner gevflanjt, a tree was being planted by the gardener. § 32. When the active subject of a verb is at the same time the suffering object, the verb is said to be in the rejlectivt form. For example : — ic^ ujaf^e mid^, I wash myself ; er f)ai fid) gefd^nitten, he has cut himself. § 33. "When an action is conceived without a definite sub- ject from which it proceeds, the verb is called an impersonal. Impersonal verbs are used only in the third person singular, and the place of the subject is supplied by the neuter personal pronoun eS, it. For example : — efi regnet, it rains ; eg bonnert, it thunders. § 34. Every verb has four Moods, to point out the parti- cular manner in which a state or action is asserted of ihe subject: — 1. The Indicative represents a state or action as a fact ; as — er jlngt, he sings. 2. The Conjunctive (or Subjunctive) represents a stale or action only as possible, especially as an assertion of another TERB. 13 person, or as a wish ; t.g. — jle \(x^i, baf er jlnge, she says that he sings ; id^ trunfd^e, baf cr jtngc, I wish that he may sing. 3. The Conditional represents a state or action merely as an assumed fact ; .as — njenn cr fdngc, if he sang. 4. The Imperative represents a state or action as a com- mand ; as — flngc, sing. § 35. The relation of time of an asserted state or action is indicated by the Tenses of the verb. Every verb has six tenses ; namely — 1. The Present — iit; jliujc, I sing, I am singing. 2. The Imperfect — id^ fang, I sang, I was singing. 3. The Per/cc^— id} \:^Q.ht gefungcn, I have sung, I have been singing. 4. The Pluperfect — i^ ^atte gefungen, I had sung, 1 had been singing. 5. The Future — id^ irerbe flngcn, I shall sing. 6. The Future- Perfect — id} tcerbf gcfungen ^aben, I shall have sung. Two tenses in the active voice — namely, the present and imperfect — are formed without the help of auxiliary verbs, and are on that account called simple tenses. The other four tenses of the active, and all the tenses of the passive voice, are formed by means of auxiUary verbs — the mtxiliary verbs of tense — and are called compound tenses. § 36. Under the name of Verbals are comprised the infinitive and participle. The infinitive expresses a state or action in a substantive form, the participle expresses a state or action in an adjective form ; the former, therefore, is a verbal substantive, the latter a verbal adjective. Each lias (»ne form for the present and another for the past, but none for the future; avS — flngen, to sing; gefungcn ^aben, to have sung ; jlngettb, singing ; gefungcn, sung. § 37. The infinitive with the preposition ju, to. before it, is called the supine ; as — gu flngcn, to sing, or in order to sing ; gefungcn ju fabcn, to have sung. 14 RLKMRNTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. 'V^^ •p'Bq 9AV\\ 'igp^^C^ ' 'i ^ > ? J5 p i>5 o • > *-.^ ?» ;^ fe s 5 5 CS ^ ^^ j^ !?*-^ <35 ,,. j; '^ o 'ti sO^ »^ G OQ ^ ^ AUXTLTARY VERBS OF TENSE. 15 aABq 10 16 BLRMRNTARY GERMAN QRAMMAR. EXERCISE l.» I have a book.' We have a horse.^ They have a house. Hast thou a knife ?* He has a fork.^ Have you* a spoon ? I had no money .^ She had no time.^ We had no paper. Have they had'' money? I shall have a hoi-se. Who" has had my pen?'^ He had had no time. Will you have time ? I should have no patience.''* Have patience. I should call'^ upon you, if ^ I had'^ time. We should have called'^ upon you, if we had had'^ time. I should take a drive,^^ if I had a carriage.^^ * A book, tin JBuc^. Every substantive is written with a capital ' A horse, etn ^Jfert. * A house, ein ^au8. * A knife, tin aJicjyct. ' A fork, etne ®abel. * Use the third person plural for ' you,' wherever it occurs, and write the addressing pronouns, @te, you, 3^nen, to you, 3^r, your, &c., with a capital. ' A spoon (ace.), etnen I'offeU ' No money, fein ®elt. • No time, fetne 3ett. '* No paper, tcin *4Jai:ict. " Regarding the arrangement of the words, see §§ 25-26. " Wto, n>tx. " ily pen, meine Sffcer. " No patience, fcine ©clult. " I should call upoa you, tc^ JBurte Sie bcfuc^en. " If, we nu ; begins a dependent clause. Regarding the construction, see § 29. '^ Use the present conditional. '* We should have called upon you, roir njurten @ie befud^jt l^aben. " Use the perfect conditional. ^^ I should take a drive, ic^ xawcit fpajteren fasten. " A carriage (ace.), eincn ffiagen. * Before commencing the translation of the exercises, the sttudent should make himself acquainted with the leading rules for the construction of sentencoft, contained in section III., §§ 22-'29. Words given in Italics are not to be translated; as — 'a glass o/beer.' Thlt mark [ ] signifies that words, although not required in Englisii, muM bf expressed in German. Sometimes words so inserted are merely of an expluiia tory kind; as—' I have given [to] him the key;' or *a church is [being] built' The following abbreviations are employed in the notes to the e.ierciscs : — m. means ' masculine gender.' dat. means ' dative.' /. » 'feminine gender.' ace. » 'accusative.' n. • • neuter gender.' «ny. » ' singular.' n(*m » 'nominative.' pi. or plur. • 'plural' f/en I 'gisniuve. ' ▲UX.ILL4.RT VBRB8 OV TBNSB. 17 11 £S~i d ^ ^ 2 ? I ^ *"»»^ P^^ I (Jl) i ililil llifll neoq «i2l§t M^^^^^ tt^it^ ^^!H-^^«§- seg^fig ;sl^c-'^^S .^5stBe«^ «~5stes^.^ ^^feeeiS, I I I .? "^' 18 ELBMRNTART GERMAN GRAMMAB. •9q ppioqs I llllll I? t» 5 ^ <» SI t ^5 fi fi fi S ^ fi AUXILIARY VERBS OP TENSE. 19 EXERCISE II. The river^ is deep.^ The mountains' are high.* Where* is my hat?® I am not^ well.^ My brother^ was unwell.^® Are you well ? We are happy .^^ Where are you ? Where art thou ? Where have you been ? Where hast thou been 1 I have been at schooL^^ We were in the country.^^ They had been in town.^* I shall be here.^^ Will you be here 1 Has he been there ?i^ We have been in^^ Germany.^* My father^^ has been in France.^® When^i will you be at home? 22 Be quiet. ^^ I should not be at home, if the weather 24 were good.^* My sister 2® would have been at school, if she had not been ill.^^ 'The river, bet SIu^. *Deep, tief. 'Tlie mountains, Ue ©ergc, •High, l^oc^. 'Where, »o. * My hat, mrin ^ut. 'Not, ntcl^t. "Well, toDi)l. * My brother, mein JBrubct. " Unwell, unvuol^I. " Happy, glilcf Ucl^. •*At school, in bet ©cl^ule. "In the country, auf bent Sanbe. "In town, tn bet ©tabt. " Here, l^tcr. " There, ba. " In, in. " Germany, Oeutfcl^Ianb. " My father, metn SBater. " France, gtonfrctc^. *** When ? toonn? '^At home, ju ^aufe. '^^ Quiet, ftttl. **The weather, bat IBettet. ^'Good, gut. ""My sister, mcine ®cl^n?eflet. ''Ill, ftanf. BLSMENTART GERMAN GRAMMAR. •amooeq ^. ^ j5 ^ ^ p«q I (Ji) § "^ § S ^ g S* 'U3qwcu36 S 5^-5 1^.^^ -^ — ^ — - ' ll|!lf lll!!l i ^ i i § -^ i i « i « 2 ^ ^ rt* ^ -araooaq iilr '^ fi 1 1 fi B M S-:E;s ^^:h «"5 tjBS^iS- -f^^tjeeiS. c § lll^^^ lif'^'^t -amooaqaA^qi g Hint sl!m ^nii-^. ^5tefi^«- !^5tJBetE «~5t:'ge«^ II II II AUXILIABT VERBS OF TKN8K. 21 oraooaq pinoqs llslll 111 elf •oraooaq p-eq j Sf^ « § ^ 22 BLBMBlfTABT OBRMAN GRAMMAR. EXERCISE IIL ^^ The tree* becomes green.* The man' became rich.* 1 grow* tired.* 1 became impatient.^ The air^ has become cold.* The water*® becomes warm.** The weather has become fine.** They had become enemies.*' We have become friends.** The apples*^ will soon*® become ripe.*^ Will the grapes*' become ripe? The knife** will become blunt.*® The child** had become ill. The giri** had grown very*' tall.** Thou wilt become poor.** Doest thou become (say, becomest thou) impatient ? The grapes would become ripe, if the weather were warm. I should have become his friend,*® if I had become acquainted with him.*^ That*® he may become rich. The woman ** says'® that she has become'* poor. * The tree, btt S3aum. ' Green, grim. * The man, ttt Sfltmn, * Bioh, tetd^. • To grow, toettien. • Tired, mflbe. ' Impatient, ungebulbtg. • The air, bte 8ufL • Cold, fait " The water, bo8 aBaffcr. " Warm, toamu " Fine, fc^on. *' Enemies, Seinfce. " Friends, greunte. " The apples, bie aejjfeL »• Soon, balb. " Ripe, tcif. " The grapes, bie iffietntrauben. » The knife, ba« SKeffct. *• Blnnt, fhim^jf. " The child, iat Stint). " The girl, ba« aWdkc^en. *» Very, fel^. «* Tall, grof. " Poor, arm. *• His friend, fetn Steunb. " Acquainted with him, mit il^m befonnt. " That, ba$ ; begins a dependent clause. " The woman, btc 9tau. ** Sayt, fogt *^ Use 1^ perfect coiynnotiTe. VL THE REOULAR OONJUOATIONB. § 41. There are two regular conjugations, the strong and the weak ; and all verbs, with a few exceptions, follow either the one or the other, lliese conjugations differ in the following particulars : — 1. The strong conjugation is distinguished by a change of the radical vowel in the imperfect and past participle ; the weak, by an entire unchangeableness of the root. For example : lUfmiTl T a . XMPB&FBOT. PAST PAKTIOtPU;. Strong.— ^^m, fang, gefungen, to sing. ■ang. sung. frtw^, ftnrai^i, fltfrtod^ti. to speak. spoke. spoken. aseuLAB ouirjusATiOMS. 23 nfmnTTTx. acruirBOT. fast rABTxoma. TFeo^.— loben, lobtc, flrfobt, to praise. praised. praised. 2. The imperfect tense in the strong conjugation takes no termination in the first and third persons singular ; in the weak it takes te or ete (English ed) ; as — id^ or cr fang, I or he sang ; l^ or er fpra^, I or he spoke ; but i^ or er ItlbU, I or he praised ; i^ or er leitete, I or he guided. 3. The past participle in the strong conjugation takes the termination en (English en) ; in the weak, t or et (English ed) ; as — gefungen, sung; gef^to^m, spoken; but gelobt, praised; geleitet, guided. 4. The conditional of the present in the strong conjugation is formed from the imperfect by adding e and modifying the radical yowel, if it be capable of modification ; in the weak conjugation, it is the very same as the imperfect. For example : — Strong. — (njenn) i^ fange, (if) I sang, from ic^ fang, I sang, (n?enn) id} Wt, (if) I oflFered, from ic^ Bot, I offered, (wenn) tc^ ^^lii&t, (if) I struck, from id^ fc^Iug, I struck. Weak. — (n^enn) ic!^ U>hU, (if) I praised, the same as i^ lo^ I praised. The EngliBh langruige presenU only one aiudogj to the fonnation o the conditional of strong verbe — njunely, ' I were ' (i^ todxt), formed £ro the imperfect ' I was ' (u^ mot). 5. In the second and third persons singular of the present indicative in the strong conjugation, the radical vowel e is changed into i or if, a into d, o into o, au into du, while ther is no change in the weak. For example : — Stronff.—i^ ^pxtdit, I speak, bu fprid^ji, er f))ri^t ic^ trage, I carry, bu trdgjl, er trdgt. i^ fiof e, I pusl^ bu flof eft er jidf t, id^ laufe, I run, bu Iduffl, er Iduft. fVeak.— '\^ lebe, I live, bu lebft er Ult \6:\ male, I paint, bu malft, er malt, id^ lobe, I praise, bu loBfl, er lobt. i6i f aufe, I buy, bu f auf^ er f ouft. 24 ELEMENTARY QBRMAN GRAMMAR. The change of e into i or ie takes place also in the second person singular of the imperative in all those verbs of the strong conjugation, in which the same change is made in the present indicative. In such cases, the termination e, pecnhar to the second person singular of the imperative, is dropped ; 9. g. — fpric^, speak ; Beflc^l, command. § 42. The following table presents a view of the termina- tions of the simple tenses and verbals of both conjugations : — PRESENT TENSE. OTDIOATITE, CONJUNOny*, In both CoiOugations. Singular y 1. t, Singular , 1. c, 2. eft ft 2. eft 3. ft, t. 3. e. Plural, 1. en, n, Phwal, 1. en, 2. et; t, 2. et, 3. en, tt. 3. en. OOKDinOKAU Strong Coi\]ugation. Weak Conjugation. Singular, 1. e, Singular, 1. ete, te, 2. ^ft 2. eteft teft 3. e. 3. ete, te. Plural, 1. en, Plural, 1. eten, ten, 2. et, 2. etet, tet, 3. en. 3. eten, ten. IMPERFECT TENSI 1. Strong Conjugation. Weak Conjugation. Singular^ 1. — Singular , 1. etc, te. 2. eft ft 2. etejl, tcft 3. — 3. ete, te. Plwal, 1. tn, Plural, 1. eten, ten, 2. et, t, 2. etet, tet. 3. en* 3. eten, ten. IMPERATIVE, In both Conjugations. Singular, Plural, 1. en, n, 2.*, 2. et, t, 3. e. 3 fin, n. REGULAR CONJUGATIONS. 26 INFINITIVE, In both Coqjugations. en. n. PARTICIPLES. PEEflENT, PAST. In both Conjugations. Strong. Weak. cnb, nb. en, tt,U The syllable ge prefixed to the radical syllable in the past participle of most verbs of both conjugations, is called the augment. It is dispensed with, however — 1. In all verbs having an unaccented prefix : as — etfunben, invented, &om erfinben, to invent; ver!auft, sold, from verfaufen. to sell (see § 61). 2. In all verbs ending in tren ; as — ftubtrt studied, from fhibtte* to study ; iu^flabivt, spelt, firem bttd^ftabiten, to spell. ELEMENTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. •Sans pBTi I (ji) s 5 >. •3ui3ai8 aaaqaAvq JO 'Sans 9ATsq j C<} i! •v ^ REGULAR CONJUGATIONS. 27 •Snis ptnoqs i ■'uaBuil g 1 §1^ ^ s S ^ i ?.! I fl . ail! SI i si JO '2nns peq I -Sms nBqB i S §> '^ S ^ ^^ t S 'luBunjjfi 'uaBuj} gg &&S3roS> l-s •SaiSnis stalls i-^^-ill u i i H •till I .So^, ^ II > ^ ^ M- 28 ELKMENTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. pasrejcl I (jt) J5 -« ^fa Jo 'O .^1 •3nTSTBJd ure JO 'osi^jd j 'Smsicjd rem 10 'posTBjd I ^- N»^ :^. ^^, ^|;.^|.;^s ^l U-l >2| Sl:^g SSst^5 ^" r- 1^ ft- c^ a- ^ BBGULAB OONJUQA-TIOHS. 29 80 ELBMBNTART GERMAN GRAMMAB. EXERCISE IT. Coi^ugation of Weak Verba. I praise him.* He praised me.* The teacher' praises the pupil.* Parents* love* their children.^ Do you learn* (say, learn you) German ?^ We are learning (say, we learn) German. My father has bought*® a horse. Where has he bought it? What" have you bought 1 I shall buy a watch.** Hast thou asked*' him? I should have asked him. He will ask you. What do you say ? ** She said nothing.*^ My mother** has said it. They will build *7 a house. They had built a church.** Who has been laughing ? ** (say, has laughed ?) They laughed. Why** do you laugh 1 What does he wish ?** Where does he live ?^* We should have heard*' of it.** Hear my advice.*^ He does not hear you,** My father wishes me to learn German (say, wishes that I may learn German). He says that he has learned*^ French** and**^ German. My friend*^ has told** [to] me** that he will buy'' an estate.** What would you say, if I asked you 1 I should have said it, if you had wished it. ^ Him, il^n. * Me, mic^. * The teacher, itx Scorer. * The pi^ (ace.), ben ©c^ulet. * Parenta, eUtrn. * To lore, Ueben. ' Their children, il^re Stintct. • To learn, Icmcn. * German, iDcutf^. " To buy, foufen. " What, wai. " A watch, cine U^r. " To ask (a qneation), ftagcn. " To say, fogen. " Nothing, nid(>t«. " My mother, meine aJhtttet. " To buUd, baucn. " A church, cine «i«^c. " To laugh, lac^en. "• Why, wotum. " To wiah, tounfdjen. •* To liye — that is, to dwell — njobnen. " To hear, ^mn. ** Of it, fcown. " My adriee (ace), meinen 5Rat^. *• Arrange, * he hears you not.' (See § 27.) " Use the perfect ooi^junctiYe. " French, 5ranj6Pf(^. " And, unb. •* My firiend, metn Steunk. " To tell, fagen. " To me, mtt. " Uae the future oonjunctiye. •* An estate, ctn Sanbgst. EXERCISE V. Cof^uf ation of Weak Verbs contintted. It was raining.* Does it rain ? I have counted* upon you.' Do not count (say, count not) upon me.* He strikes (say, forges*) the iron* while '^ it is hot. Thou consolest* me. She has consoled me. I have been waiting^ (say, I have waited) for you.*® They waited a long time.*^ He does not ' To rain, regnen. The verbs occurring in these sentences, down to the third from the end, require the insertion of e in all cases where it is put m parenthesis in the specimen of the weak conjugation. ' To count, re(^nen. * Upon you, auf @ie. * Upon me, ouf mic^. * To foi^, fe^mieben, ^ The iron, tat Gifen. ' While it is hot, toeil c« kootm ift. * To console, ttoflcn. • To wait, ttxnptcn, " For rou, ouf dc " A long time, lanqe. RBGULUl OOlfJUGATIOKft. 31 breathe." They have killed^' a wolf.** He is working.** He worked too much.** How long *'^ have you been working t Why do you not work! He would earn** more,** if he worked more diligently.*^ My cousin** has studied** medi- cine.*^ The merchant** would not have failed,** if he had been more cautious.** The enemy *7 has bombarded** the town.** " To breathe, at^mcn. " To kill, tdbten. " A wolf (ace.), rinen JBolf. " To work, orbetteiu *• Too mxich, ju uicl. " How long, tote longc " To earn, rerbtenen. " More, mel^r. " More diligently, flei^iger. " My cougin, metn ^Better. ** To stndy, fhibiren. Regarding the past participle of verbs ending in tten, see § 42, note. *• Medicine, QJiebtcin. " The merchant, ttx Jlaufmann. " To fail, faUtten. *• More cautions, »orfi(i(>tiger. " The enemy, in Setnk. " To bombard, Bombarbtten. *• The town, tit etokt. § 46. Most verbs form their perfect and pluperfect tenses, and the past infinitive and supine, by means of the auxiliary verb \)abtn, to have. A considerable number of intransitive verbs, however, take fein, to be ; namely — 1. Those intransitive verbs which denote a change of condition ; as — fierben^ to die ; gencfen, to recover from an illness ; voad^^m, to grow ; werben, to become ; etfranfen, to fall iU ; einfd^Iafen, to fall asleep, (fee. 2. Those intransitive verbs which denote motion to or from a place, especially the following : — fasten, to go (in a conveyance), laufen, to run, faUen, to fall, reifen, to travel, flieflcn, to fly, reiten, to ride, flie|en, to flee, fcgeln, to sail, flief en, to flow, jlnfen, to sink, gel^n, to go, f*)ringen, to spring, fommen, to come, fteigen, to rise, lanbcn, to land, jif^)en, to go, to move, «n, to happen ; fein, to be ; begegnen, to meet ; folgen to follow ; toeidben, to yield. ELBMBNTART GERMAN GRAMMAR. v^^ I (Ji) p § eA-Bq i-Biu I leq i-BUD M ^ $S ^ ^ BS -<-» ^ •;; -2J *» s g "Sain^i 'SuinBJ nan^j 8ABTI I " mv JO 'n«j I SB-Ai JO 'n^J I 'U3UDJ36 a^ i« ft. cS ft. RBOULAR CONJUGATIONS. 33 ii 59 ■S'3 S i^ -a SZ MZ I .sg|.H d Sd « ,2- '*"t^ i gS== is>i «i< sii P4 ^ S jg\d Ph eu S 0.' g g=3 ill - I •neipj pBq I ^ s j3 ^ ^::: ^.^:2 £ g « S a i « -^ VII. CLASSIFICATION OP THE STRONG VERBS. § 47. All verbs of the strong conjugation are divided into three classes, according as they agree in the radical vowel ; and each of the three classes has several subdivisions, accord- ing as they agree in the change of the radical vowel in the imperfect tense and the past participle. The verbs of the first class agree in having the radical vowel i or e. A few only have d, o, u, o or au. The verbs of the second class agree in having the diphthong el The verbs of the third class have a, a few au, o or u. The following table shews how in each class the radical vowel changes in the various subdivisions : — First Class. Subdiv. 1. t, a, lU 2. i or e (d), a, o. 3. i (ie, ii) or t (d, 6, au), o, 0. 4. i or t, a, e. Second Class. Subdiv. 1. ei, i (short), I (short). 2. ei, ie (long), ie (long). Tbird Qass. Subdiv. 1. a (au, o, u, ei), i or ie, a (au, o, u, ei). 2. a, u, a. FIRST CLASS OF STRONG VERBS. § 48. First Subdivision. Radical Vowel t. — Imperfect a. — Past Participle u. Binben, to bind, banb. gebunben. bringen, to jtress, brang, gebrungcn. finbcn, to find, fanb. gefunben. gcUngcn, to succeed, gelang, gelungen. llingcn, to sound, flang. geflungen. ringen, to wring, rana. gerungcn. fc^Iingen, to swallow, f^lang, gef(^lungctu CLASSIFICATION OF THE STRONG VERBS. 35 fd^njtnben, to yanish, fc^roanb, gefc^njunben. f(^n?ingcn, to swing, fd^trang, gefc^njungeiu fingen, to sing, fans, gcfungen. fmfcn, to sink, fanf, gefunfcn. 1>ringen, to spring, f^rang, gef^Jtuttgen. ftinfen, to stink, ^ant, geftunfen. trinfen, to drink. tranf, getrunfcn. njinben, to wind, aanb, gerounbcn. ^njingen, to force, gnjang, gegnjungcn. EXERCISE YI. Who sings? Miss^ A. sang a German song.* Mr^ B. and Mr D. will sing a duet.* They have sung well. ^ Do you drink wine® or^ beer ?* I shall drink a glass* o/beer. They had drunk a bottle ^'^ o/wine. He drinks water. I should drink a cup^^ of tea.i^ Drink a cup o/milk.^^ j have found a knife. The boys^* sprang over the ditch.i* The stone" is sinking. How^^ did it sound? She wrung her (say, the) hands. ^^ He binds the book.^® That he may bind the book. That he has bound ^ the book. That he will bind 21 the book. He would do it,^^ if I forced him. I should have done it,^ if you had forced me. 1 Miss, Srdulein. ' A German song, ein tieutfd(>c« 8teb. ' Mr, J&ert. * A duet, ein JDuett. * Well, gut. • Wine, SBein. ^ Or, obcr. * Beer, aSter. * A glass, ein ®to8. " A bottle, etne glof4>e. " A cup, cine Za^c. '2 Tea, ^tt. '' Milk, aJHtc^. " The boys, kie SimUn. " Over the ditch, fiber ben ®xabtn. " The stone, ber ®tein. " How, wte. "^ The hands, kte ^dnbe. *' The book, taS SSuc^. *' ^Perfect cCTrj uuctive . ** ^Fatase ««yunctive. " He would do it, er tturbe ti t^un. " 1 should have done it, ic^ wurbe e« get^an ^aben. § 49. Second Subdivision. Radical Vowel t or e (4). — Imperfect a.— Past Participle o. *Befe^len, to command, befall, befo^leiL beginnen, to begin, begann, begonneiu *bcrgen, to hide, barg, geborgem *bcr^en, to burst. barjt, geborften. *brfdjcn, to break. brad), gcbrodjcn. *tm)D\ii)itn, to recommend. cmpfa^l, empfo^lem AXr^^^n^ /^V- ^-^^^6>v^^.^tL_— ^ /y^^^^-t^^^Ce_ BLKMBNTART GERMAN GRAMMAR. ♦erfc^reden, to be frightened, erf(!^taf, etfd)ro(fetu *gcbdren, to bring forth, flcbar, geboren. *gelten, to be worth. gait, gegoltcn. genjinnen, to win. genjann, gcttonnen. *|elfen, to help, M. gc^olfcn. fommen, to come. tarn, gefommen. ♦nc^mcn, to take, nai)m, genommen. rinnen, to flow, rann, geronnen. ♦fd^elten, to chide. Walt, gcfd^olten. fd^n?immen, to swim, fd^iranim, gefc^TOommen. jlnnen, to meditate. fann, gefonnen. fpinncn, to spin, ftjann, gef))onncn. ♦fprecljcn, to speak, frrac^, gc[)?rod)en. *jlec^en, to sting, fla^, gejtod^en. ♦fle^len, to steal, mh gefio^lcn. *ficrben, to die, flarb, gej^orbcn. ♦treffen, to hit. traf, gctroffcn. *ijerberben, to spoil, loerbarb, Jjcrborben. ♦njerben, to sue, voax^, grtrorben. ♦njerben, to become, n?arb or wurbe, gcworben. *tt)crfen, to throw, njarf, gcnjorfen. 1. All verbs of this and the following two subdivisions marked with an asterisk, change their radical vowel in the second and third persons singular of the present indicative, and in the second person singular of the imperative, according to the rule stated in § 41, 5. ©ebdren has in the present gebdre, gcbterfi, gebiert, imperative gebtcr. Sle^men has nel^me, mmmfl, nimmt, imperative nimnu SBerben has »irfl, roirb by contraction, bat in the imperative iDcrte. 2, The following verbs of the above list have in the conditional of the present the modified vowel li : — l^clfen, conditional ^utfc ; fierbcn, fiucbe ; wrbcrben, terkutbe ; ttjerben, voiivbt ; Jocrten, witrbe ; aerfen has both n&xft and wurfe. A few have 6, especially beginnen, begonne ; btfe^len, befobU ; entpfe^Un, tmp^^t. EXERCISE VII. )^ The master^ commands. The music* begins. I began too late.^ The ice* breaks. He has recommended him. Do you recommend this winel^ He always* passed 7 for The master, bet -5ert. ' The music, tit SWuflf. * Too late, ju fpit. * The ice, ba« Ct«. * This wine (aec.), bicfcn SBein. * Always, tmmtt Arrange, ' he passed always.' ' To pass, gelten. OLASSIFIOATION OF THB STRONG YBRBS. 37 a rich man.* This coin^ is not current^® here. Who has won the great prize ]^^ I never ^^ win. She helps the poor.*^ Who comes there ? Come in.^* Do not come too late. We came too soon.^^ You have (say, are) not come at the proper time.^* He took the pen.^'' Take the pen. Has he taken the money ? ^* Will he take the money ? He does not^^ take any money. The women ^^ are spinning flax.*^ Do you speak German ] She does not speak much.** He is dying. Goethe died at^^ Weimar. The man has stolen a purse.*^ I have not*"^ met^* him anywhere. Throw the book aside.^ That he may speak with me.^* If he had spoken with me. If you came. If you had (say, were) come too late. That he may help us.*^ If the ice were to break.*^ • For a rich man, fur eintn tett^en SWann. * This coin, btefe SWunje '• To be current, gelten. Arrange, ' is current here not.' " The great prize, taS groge ?oo«. " Never, nie. Arrange, ' I win never.' " The poor, ten 2lrmen (dat. pi.) " In, l^etein, " Too soon, ju fru^. " At the proper time, gut redjtcn 3eit. " The pen, tit Seber. " The money, baa @elb. '• Not any money, fein ©elk. '• The women, fcie Svauen. 21 Flax, Slacks. *' Mudi, utel. Arrange, ' she speaks not much.' " At, jU. ** A purse, cine 336rfe. " Not anywhere, mrgcnba. Arrange, ' I have him not anywhere met.' *• To meet, treffen. " Aside, bei @nte. •• With me, tuit mir. " Us, unJ. " Use the present conditional. § 60. Third Subdivision. Radical Vowel i (ie, u) or t : (4, 6, au).— Imperfect o.- -Past Participle o. \ "UvotQtn, to induce, UVOOQ, benjogen. - biegcn, to bend, bog, gebogen. y, gcbotem^^-^/^^ N — bieten, to bid, offer, bot, *brc[c^cn, to thrash, brofd?, gcbrofd^en. erfd^aUen, to resound, erf^ott, erfd^oUen. *fc(^tcn, to fight, Mt, gefod^ten. ♦flet^ten, to twine, ffod^t, gcflod^tciu - fliegcn, to fly, flog, geflogcn. - flie|cn, to flee, m geflo^en. . -r? geMen.^;5^ --flielen, to flow, ^0% — fricren, to freeze, fror, gefroren. %ai)xtn, to ferment, ^0% gego^reiu --gcnic§en, to enjoy, genof, gcnoffen. A*- ^"^^ ^ gtf §en, to pour, 80^, gegoffen. Ar ^ 38 KLEMBNTART GERMAN GRAMMAR. fliomm, flomm, erlofc^, log, moH, quott, rod?, foffi fog, Wot, glimmen, to glimmer, — ^tUn, to lift, ^ X^^viA-ii-C.4.At£/ jog, 1. In all Terbs of the ftbore Babdiyision, the root of which encU in f or (^, ie long is changed in the imperfect and past participle into o short ; as — fficf cii, floi gcfloffm ; riedben, rodf), getod(>en. Also in jleben, triefcn, and faufen, the long vowel is changed into a short one, and the follow- ing consonant is donbled in consequence; in fleben, moreover, the b is hardened: — fott, gefottca. geglommtn. ge|obfn. geflommem gcfrod^cn. erIofc()en. iDerlofcben. gelogen. gcmolfen. ge^flogcn. gequotten. gcrodjen..^ gefoffen. gefogen. gefci^oren. gef^oben. gef(i^ofyen. gefd^Ioffen. gcfd^moljen, gcfci^noben. gefd^roben. gefc^woren. gefdbtr often, fd^njororfc^njur, gefd^icoreii. Wwor, fott, f^rof, ^ob, troff, (be)trog, njog^ gcfotten. gef)}ro|Ten. gcfiobcn. getroffen. (be)trogen. Oerbroffcn. Oerloren. ocrfd^oUen. gcwoben. geirogen. OLASSimOATlON OF THB STRONG TRRBB. 89 S. In the Becond and third persons singcilar of the present indicatiTe, and the second person singular of the imperative of crlofc^en and uectifc^en, the is changed into t. In faufen, the au is modified in the second and third persons singular of the present indicative ; see § 41, 5. 3. iBewcgen in the signification 'to move' (phjsicallj), 9f[egen, in the sense of * to nurse,' and ' to be accustomed,' and tciegen in the meaning ' to rock,' are coi\jugated bj the weak form. QueUen, fc^mtlicn, ((^toeUen, fieten, are likewise weak, when used in a transitive sense; the last of these four sometimes takes the weak conjugation, even when used in an intransitive meaning. EXERCISE VIII. The smith* has bent the iron.* The regiments' have fought bravely.* The girl was braiding^ her hair.* The water flows. The bird 7 flies. The enemy* has (say, is) fled. It has been freezing last night.^ I have poured wine into the glass.**^ The worm*^ creeps. The boy*^ has told a he. The flowers ^^ smell. The dog** has drunk water. I have shot a hare.** Have you lost anything?*' I have lost a pocket-handkerchief.*^ He lost everything.*® The wax** is melting. Weigh the parcel.^ Have you weighed itt It weighs ten pounds.** He pulled the cap** over his (say, the) head.*^ We shall remove** to** Germany. ' The smith, bet ©(i^mtefc. ' The iron, iat Ctfcn. * The regiments, bie iRfgimentcr. * Bravelj, tanp^tt. * To braid, fltd)ttn, * Her hair, jic^ tial iaat. ^ The bird, bet 93ogeL * The enemy, bcr 5ctnb. • Last night, docigc fflad)t. '* Into the glass, in bad ®lca. " The worm, bet SBumu " The boy, b« JlnoBe. " The flowers, bte aSlumen. " The dog, bet ^unb. " A hare (ace.), cinen J&afen. " Anything, tttt>a9. " A pocket- handkerchief, etn Xa^d^tKtnify. '* Everything, %lLt9. '* The wax, bol 2Ba4>«. '• The parcel, ba8 iJJorfet " Ten pounds, jel^n jpfunb. " Th« cap, bic Wixti^ " Over the head, uier ben Stopf. ** To r«moye, jiel^eK. " To, na^. ^ § 51. Fourth Subdivision. Radical Vowel t or e. — Imperfect a (long). — Past Participle c bittm, to beg, hat, QtUttn* *effen, to eat, af, 8«S#n- *frejfm, to eat (said of beasts), fraf , gefrcffen, *gcben, to give, gaB, flegeben. gencfen, to recover from iUness, gcnag, geneffiu *gcj<^c^>en, to happen (impersonal), gcf^a^, gefci^e^ett, *lefen, to read, lad, gelefen. 40 BLBMBNTARY OERMAN GRAMMAB. liegen, to lie, loft gelegftu *nie|fcn, to measure, ma% gcmejTen, *fe^en, to see, a gcfc^en. jl^cn, to sit, gefcffen. *trcten, to tread, trat, getreten. *oergcf]ien, to forget, »ergaf, tjcrgeJTcn. Mote. In the second and third persons singalar of the present indicative, and the second person nngular of the imperative of treten, long e is changed into short i, and the following consonant b doubled : — tc^ trete, bu trttt^ cr txitt ; imperative tritt. EXERCISE IX. He asks ^ for permission * I ask for a slice' of meat* A friend* has asked me to dinner* Would you come, if I asked you 1 I eat very littlej He eats a great deal.® Eat* as much as you like.*® They took (say, ate) supper.** Have you already *2 had (say, eaten) breakfast ?*^ We shall dine** immediately.** The dog eats a piece** of bread.*^ My teacher*® gives [to] me*® private lessons.*® Give [to] me a glass** of heer. I have given [to] him** the key.*® I should have given [to] her** some money, if she had asked me. She has (say, is) recovered from a severe illness.** It happened yesterday.** We are reading a German book.*^ My sister reads Schiller's Wilhelm Tell. Have you read Platen's poems?*® Read slowly.*® I should read more,®® if I had more time. The books®* lie upon the table.®* He has measured the cloth.®® Have you seen Miss M. 1 Yes,®* I have seen her.®* I see her every day.®** Do you see the ' To ask, bitten. ' For permission, um Gtlauini^. ' For a slice, urn ctn ©turfc^en. * Meat, gletfc^. * A friend, tin grcunb. • To dinner, jum anittag«ffTen. ' Very little, \if)t Wenig. • A great deal, fel^r loteL • Use the second person singular of the imperative. *' As much as yon like, fo wel tu njiUli. " Supper, 2U>cnbbrob. " Already, fc^on. " Breakfast, %vnf)ftud. " To dine, ju SKtttog cffcn. " Immediately, fogleidb* " -A. piece, fin @tucf. " Bread, JBrob. " My teacher, rnrin Scorer. ^* To me, mit. "• Private lessons, «Urt»atfhinken. " A glass, tin ®la«. " To him, i^m. " The key (ace.), ten ©c^tuffel. ** To her, i^r. " From a severe iUness, wn einet fc^teeren Jlranf^eit. *• Yesterday, geflem. " A (German book, ein keutf(^e« SBuc^. *• Poems, ®ebi4)te. »• Slowly, langfam. »• More, me^r. " The books, tie J8d(^et. " Upon the table, auf bem JTifcfjc. 33 The doth, ba« Znd). " Yes, io. " Her, H*. " Every day, aVU %iiqc OLASSIFIOATIOM OF THE STRONa VERBS. 41 house 1^ He does not see me.^ Where does he sit ? We sat upon a hench.^^ Step*^ into the room/^ He forgets nothing.*^ Have you forgotten it ? I shall not forget it."*^ " The house, iai J&au8. '* Arrange, ' he sees me not.' *• Upon a bench, auf einer JBanf. *• To step, treten. *' Into the room, in tai Simmer. ^^ Nothing, nic^tg. *' Arrange, ' I shall it not forget.' SECOND CLASS OF STRONG VERBS. § 52. First Subdivision. Radical Vowel ei. — Imperfect and Past Participle i (short). (fld^) bejieif en, to apply one's (self. um, befliffen. *'6ei§en, to bite, ^i% gebijten. crbleic^en, to turn pale, erblic^, erbli^en. _ glctd^en, to resemble, m, geglic^en. _ gleitcn, to glide, glitt, geglitten. ^ grcifen, to seize, 9nff, gegriffem fncifen, to pinch, fniff, gefniffen. "leiben, to suffer, litt, gelitten. pfcifcn, to whistle. Pm ge))fiffen. -~ rei§en, to tear, rif, geriffen. ---reiten, to ride, ritt, geritten. ^fc^leid^cn, to sneak. fc^Ii^, gefdjlic^en. fcS^leifcn, to grind. fd^Iiff, gefdjiiffen. f(^Ieif en, to slit, f^Iif, gefc^liffen. fc^meifen, to fling, f^mif, gef^miffen* - fcf^nciben, to cut, f^nitt, gefdjnittem ^ fc^reiten, to stride, f<^ntt, gefd^rittetu - jireic^en, to stroke, A^iuiv/ -sjhettcn, to contend. t««^^ -jlritt, gejhic^en. gcjhritten. •^ weic^en, to yield. wid?, gewi^en. The vowel being short in the Note. 1 imperfect and past participle, the final consonant of the root is doubled, except where it is double already. In two verbs— namely, leiben and f^jnciben —the b is ] hardened. EXERCISE X. The dog bites. The dog has bitten the child. The sister^ resembles the brother.* I seized him. The disease^ has ' The sister, tic @d^»efiet. disease, bit Jlranffem. * The brother, bem Srubet (dai) • The ^ c^yPi^i greifcn s — » Want, SKangeL • A tune, ein Sieb. ^ To pieces, entjhjet. • Fast, ^i^ntU. ' Through the forest, iutify ben SBBol*. " To go on horseback, reiten. " To, nac^. " The gardener, let ©drtnct. To prune, befc^neibcn. " The trees, tie SAume. " My finger, mid^ in II Singer. 1^1^ § 63. Sbcond Subdivision. Radical Vowel ci. — Imperfect and Past Participle ie G^ng.) * biciben, to remain, blieb, gcblieben. gebcil^cn, to prosper, QtUci), gebie^)cn. ^ lei^en, to lend, liel^, gclie^cn. meibcn, to avoid, mieb, gcmicben. <)rfifen, to praise, pxit^, ge^ricfen. reibeu, to rub, rieb, gcriebcn. fd^cibcn, to part, fc^ieb, gefti^icben. . [d)cinen, to shine, f(^ien, gef^ienen. • fd^rciben, to write, fc^rieb, gcfcfjrieben. fc^rcien, to scream, ferric, gefd^riccn. ftbnjeigen, to be silent, fc^wieg, gef^wiegen. fijcicn, to spit, f^ic, gef^iecn. > jleigcn, to mount, jiieg, gefliegcn. treiben, to drive, trieb, getrieben. weifcn, to shew, n?ie*, getuicfen. gti^cn, to accuse, gicl^/ gcjie^en. EXERCISE XI. Do you remain at home ? I did not stay ^ long.* We have (say, are) remained friends. Lend [to] me^ your stick.* 1 have lent [to] him* my German grammar.* Avoid'' evil,* ' To stay, BleiBen. ' Long, tange. ' To me, mit. * Your stick (ace), Sl^ten ®todf. ' To him, il^m. * My German grammar, metne beutfd^c ®yammattf. ^ Use the second person singular of Uie imperatire. • EriL M< Sofe. CLASSIFICATION OF THE STRONG VERBS. 4S He rubbed his brow.^ The sun^'^ is shining. The moon^^ was shining. I am writing a letter.^^ Have you written to your sister? 13 I should write, if I had paper and ink.^* Would you answer,'* if I were to write ^^ to you?i^ Write by return of post.^^ Be silent. He was silent. I should have been silent, if he had not asked i^ nje. The water has (say, is) risen.2<> A lady 21 alighted 22 from the carriage. ^^ The herdsman 24 drives the cattle"^ to the pasture. ^^ I have shewn [to] him the road.^ 9. His brow, flci^ tie ©tirn. " The sun, bte ®onne. " Th« moon, bcr 9)ionb. " A letter (aoc), etnen SBrtef. " To yotir sister, an 3^re ©cijireftft. " Ink, 2;titte. " To answer, antttjorten. " Use the present conditionaL " To you, an ®te. " By return of post, mit umgel^enter 5Boft. " To ask, fragen. Arrange, ' if he me not asked had.' *• To rise, jifigen. " A lady, one 5)ome, " To alight, fletgen. " From the carriage, au« bem 2Bagcn. " The herdsman, fcer Jptrt. " The cattle, bag "IJie^. " To the pasture, auf bte 2Ueibe. " The road (ace), ben fficg. THIRD CLASS OF STRONG VERBS. § 64. First Subdivision. Radical Vowel a (au, 0, u, ci). — Imperfect t or te. — Past Participle a (an, 0, u, ei). ♦blafen, to blow, blieS, gcBIafen. *braten, to roasi^ briet, gebraten. *faacn, to faU, flel, gefafleiu *fangcn, to catch, ftng, gefangen. ge^en, togo, ging, gegangetu • *^alten, to hold, btelt, gc|alteru ♦^augen, to hang, $ng, gel^angcn. i^amn, to hew, ^ieB, gel^auen. ]^ci§en,tobid,ortobecalled, i)it% gcl^eifen. ♦lafTen, to let, lit% gelaffen, ♦laufen, to run, Kef, gelaufen. ♦ratten, to advise, xitti), gerat^cn. • rufen, to call, rief, gerufcn. *fd^Iafett, to sleep, fd^Iief, gcfc^lafcn. ' ♦fto§en, to push, flicf, geflo^cn. Note. AU verbs of this and the following list marked with an asterisk, modify the radical vowel m the second and third persona singular of the present indicative, according to § 41, 6 ; tu—idf fafle, bu fdnji, cr faUt ; uSf laafe, kn Idufft. er iSuft 44 RLBMBNTARY OERMA.N GRAMMAB. EXERCISE XII. The cook^ has roasted a leg of mutton.^ The boy has (say, is) fallen from the tree.^ I fell over a stone.* The water falls. I have caught a bird.* Are you going to school ]^ We went home.^ She has (say, is) gone to the ball.® I should rather^ have (say, be) gone to the concert.^* Would you accompany ^^ me, if I went? Walk^^ slowly.*^ An honest man^* keeps ^^ his word.^^ Did he deliver ^^ a speech ?^® The coat^^ hangs in the wardrobe.^^ What (say, how 21) is this 22 called ^^ in German ?24 Let me go. She has left 25 jjgp books 26 at home. A stag 27 runs fast. We ran through the garden.^® What have you advised [to] him? I shall call my man-servant.29 He sleeps. He has been sleeping. ' The cook, bie J?o^tn. * A leg of mutton, cine •^ammelfcule. * From the tree, ton fcem aSaume. * Over a stone, ubet etnen ®tein. • A bird (ace.), etncn SSogeL * To school, in tie @c^ule. ^ Home, nac^ Jpcntf. • To the ball, auf ken ©aO. • Rather, tieber. " To the concert, in'« Concert. " To accompany, begleiten. " To walk, gc^en. *' Slowly, langfam. " An honest man, ein e^rli(^cr SWann. " To keep, l^alten. •• His word, fcin aCort. " To deliver, fatten. " A speech, cine JRebe. •• The coat, ber died. " In the wardrobe, in bem Jtlcibcrfdjranf. ^' How, JDte. " This, titi. " To be called, ^ci§cn. " In German, ouf $Dcutf(!(>. -' To leave, laffen. *• Her books, iftre JBiic^cr. " A stag, ein ^k^. ^* Through the garden, bure^ ben ©orten. " My man-servant (ace.), mcinen Sebienten. § 55. Second Subdivision. Radical Vowel a. — Imperfect u. — Past Participle a. ♦bacfcn, to bake, hut, gebarfen. ♦fabrcn, to drive, or go 1 r <. r ^ in a conveyance; r^'' S^f"''""- ♦graben, to dig, grub, gegrabem laben, to load, lub, gclaben. fc^affcn, to create, fd^uf, gefd^affen. *fd)lagen, to strike, fdjiug, gefi^Iagetu fle^cn, to stand, jianb (obsolete ftunb), gcftanben. *tragen, to carry, trug, gctragen. ♦aad^fcn, to grow, wuc^S, gen?actjfen» *tpafd^en, to wash, rrufdb. gewafcben. IRREGULAR OONJUOATION. 45 EXERCISE XIII. We shall dri^e through the park.^ They drove very fast. They have dug a hole.^ The gardener is digging potatoes.^ The clock* strikes. It has struck three.* God® created the world 7 out of nothing.^ Who stands there ? We stood still.* Have you carried the parcel to my house ?^® This tree^^ bears ^* no fruit.^^ If this tree bore fruit. The girl is grown very fast. Has the woman washed my clothes ? ^* That she may wash my clothes. * Through the park, burd^ ben ^axt. * A hole, etn 8o4). • Potatoes, ilartoffcln. * The clock, bie U^r. » Three, brei • God, ®ott. ^ The world, bic 2Belt • Out of nothing, au« nic^tS. • Still, fUO. " To mj houae, nac^ mctnem <&aufe. " This tree, biefcr Saum. " To bear, trafloi. " No fruit, tnne drtm^t. " My clothes, metne Jlteibct. VIIL mPBRFBCT. PAST PAHTICIFUB. PfiSSKNT CONDITIOHAIa IRREGULAR CONJUGATION. § 56. The irregularity of the following verbs consists in this, that the formation of the principal parts — namely, the imperfect and past participle — is effected by a combination of the strong and weak conjugations. The radical vowel undergoes a change, as in the strong conjugation, while at the same time the terminations peculiar to the weak con- jugation are affixed. In bringen, to bring, and benfeit, to think, moreover, the final consonants of the root ng and nf are changed into d). INPIMITIVK. brennen, to bum, Bringen, to bring, bcnfen, to think, !enncn, to know, nenneit; to name, rennen, to run, fcnben, to send, vwnben, to turn, brannte, brac^tc, ba^te, !annte, tiannte, rannte, ffanbte or \ fenbete, /wanbtc or \ ttjenbete, geBrannt, gcbfac^t, gebac^t, gefannt, genannt, gcronnt, gefanbt or fcnbet, genjanbt or wenbet, brenntc. brdc^te. bddjte. fenntc. nennte. rcnnte* 9^'|fcnbete» ^^^Iwenbete. 46 BLBMBNTART GBRMAN GRAMMAB.. § 67. 3^un, to do (contracted for t^uen), has the imperfect tj^at, the present conditional t^&tt, the past participle getl^an. SBiffcn, to know; present indicative, ic^ weif, bu weift (a contraction for aeifefO, er njcif ; plural, wir aiffen, i^r iWiffct, fie noijfm; present conjunctive, i^ wifft; present conditional, iH^ wuftej imperfect, id^ ttjufte; past participle EXERCISE XIV. The house is burning. A messenger^ has brought a letter.^ Waiter,^ bring a bottle of wine. What are you thinking of 1 (say, whereon* are you thinking?) I thought of you.'' I should say it, if I thought otherwise.* Do you not know^ me ? I know you very well. We did not know him. He said that he knew® me. They called^ him by his Christian name.^® The king" has sent a courier ^^ ^o^^ paris. He has done his duty.^* Do [to] me the favour.^^ He knows^^ much. I do not know. We knew it. What would she say, if she knew it ? ' A messenger, ein ®i>te. ' A letter (ace.), einen JBricf. * Waiter, JJellnct. * Whereon, tocvan. ' Of you, an @te. • Otherwise, anbert. ' To know, fcnncn, in this and the following three sentences. • Use the present conjunctive. • To call, nennen. " By his Christian name, bet fcinetn aStrmamou " The king, bet J?5ntg. " A courier (ace.), einen Courier. " To, na^. ** His duty, feine iPflic^t. " The favour (ace.), ten (iJefatten. " To know, Wtffen, in this and the following three Mntenees. § 58. The auxiliary verbs of mood, biirfen, Unntn, niogcn, muffen, foUen, lootlen, have a complete conjugation through all tenses and moods, excepting the imperative mood, which is formed of ttjotten on|y. The corresponding English verbs, 'dare, can, may, must, shall, will,' being defective in con- jugation, other phrases must frequently be employed, in order to express what in German is simply expressed by auxiliary verbs ; as— id^ \)aU geburft, I have been permitted ; er ^att< ni^t gefonnt, he had not been able; von tccrben muffen, we shall be obliged. •E- IRREGULAR CONJUGATION. 47 ^\ _^ 'B t». o 3 S S «» «) «) o i' i| i t t ■S E 1;: JO JO I si CS o c S 5 3 c c O £- c **-* .O 'O HI S-2 O .o sl^ ^^ iJ'S |SS iS^ ^'^'2- ^ ^ ^ sg~ ^ J 3 -i- ^ fi go IfiS o .o "^ S3 3"^ 48 ELBMBNTABY GBRMAN GRAMMAR. A peculiarity in the grammatical use of these anxiliarj verbs of moo^ is the changing of the past participle into the infinitive in the past com- pound tenses, when it is immediately preceded by an infinitive : — er l^ot fein 2lmt meterlegen muff en (instead of gemupt), he has been obliged to resign his ofiice. 3d{) l^abe fc^reiben »otten (instead of gemoUt), I have been willing to write. ®r Wtrti nid^t l^oben fommcn tonnen (instead of gefonnt), he will not have been able to come. The same rule is observed with the atxxiliary verb of mood laffen, to let, to suflFer, to order, to cause. For example : — tc^ ^abe iai Seuct auiQcfftn laffen, I have let the fire go out. 3dS» f^aht ben ®(^neiber !ommen laffeiv I have ordered the tailor to come. EXERCISE XV. y I dare not go. Is she permitted to dance 1 ^ Are you permitted to read 1 May (say, dare) I use^ your pen 1^ He has not been permitted* to go out.^ Canst thou read ? I cannot understand* him. I shall not be able to stay.^ Can you come? I should gladly® come, if I could. Why* has he not been able to come ? I should go (say, travel ^^) to" Germany, if I could speak German.^* I do not like it. Thou mayst stay at home. You may read the letter.^^ I did not like to contradict him.^* I should like^^ to have a glass oj wine. All men'* must die. We were obhged^^ to wait. I have been obliged to write a letter.^® I should stay at home, if I were not obliged to pay a visit.^* He will be obliged to obey.*® The children ^^ are ** to go to school.^ Am I to accompany you ? What am I to do 1 Will you venture** it ? He is going to (say, will) set out*^ to-morrow.^ * To dance, tanjen. Auxiliary verbs of mood take the infinitive, not the supine. ' To use, gebtauc^en. ' Your pen, 3^re ^ttex. * See § 58, note. • To go out, auSge^en. * To understand, loerftel^en. Put the negative after the object. ' To stay, bleiben. ' Gladly, gern. * Why, ttarum. " To travel, rctfen. " To, nac^. " Arrange, * if I German speak could.' " The letter (ace.), ben SBricf. " Not to contradict him, i^m nic^t n3iberft3re^''jie^eii, to pull through; burc^ijie^'en, to roam through; u'bcrfe^en, to leap over, to ferry over; uberff|j'en, to translate; un'tetl^atten, to hold under; untetM'ten, to entertain, &c. OOMpnUND VBBBB. 55 § 63. CJompound prefixes are likewise used like simple separable prefixes, if each of the two components by itself is separable; as— ^erein, l^inauS, »orb«, Dormer, »orfiber, babei, DaJ)on, §ut ^ To take off, au«§te]^en. • My shoes, mctne €5(^u^c • The play, tai ®(^attfWeL '• To begin, onfangen. " At seyen o'dod^ nn flfbcn U^t. " To delirer, aBUefem. " The letter (aco.), ben SBtwf. •* This parcel, btefe« fPacfet. " Your friend, 3^r gteunb. " To arrive, en. " Much money, sicl @elk. " The goods, bie aBaoren. " To unpack, auS^acfciu »* To Wtum, jururffd^icfen. * To shut, jitmac^tn. ** The door, bit JT^ui. " To open, aufmac^cn. " The window, bcrf gfenfler. " Light, ^efl. •• When, tocnn- " To rise, oufge^en. " Dark, bunfel. " To set, nnter- 8e^en,\ " Just, eben. »» As, al«. »• To set out, obrrifcn. " See § 62, note, for this and the following six sentences. " The rope, lat ®«iL. •• The surrounding country, bte Umgegcnb. ** These lines, btefe 3ett«i, ♦^ A page, etne ©rite. *» The glass, ba8 ®Ia«. " The company, bk ©efeUft^aft. ** To lead the way, tjotonge^en. *• To go in, Binringe^ *® The thief, bet SMeJ. *' To run away, ba»ontaufen. XL THE ARTIGL § 64. The article serves to single out an object from among other objects of the same class. An object thus singled out can be of a more or less definite kind, and hence we dia- tinguish between a definite article — ber, bie, baS, the — and an indefinite article — cin, eine, ein, a, an. For example: — ^ber jtonig )jon (Snglanb, the King of England ; bte Jtonige ioon ?Preu|en unb bon @oc^fen, the Kings of Prussia and of Saxony ; eS njar einmal ein .Konig, there was once a king. Both articles being dechnable, they agree with the substantive in gender, number, and case. The plural of the definite article is the game for all the three genders ; the indefinite can, from its nature, have a singular only. § 65. DECLENSION OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE. SINOULAB. PLURAL. XAaOTUHX. nafxsun. mnrrxH. AXO, TH&KE aBMDBBS. KNSLIBH. Nom. bcr, ble, bag, bie, the. Gm. be8, ber, bee, ber. of the. Dot. ban, bet, bem, ben, to the. Ace. ben, bie, M, bie, the. DECLENSION OF THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE. SINGULAR. XABOCUirS. Nom. ein, Ghn. eineS, Doit. einem. Ace. einen. FKXIHINB. eine, einer, einer, eine. NBUTKR. ein, eineg, einem, ein. KNeLISH. a. of a. tea. a. Not*. The definite article is often contracted with prepositions, at a. axR for an bem. c. axCi for an leA. ieim If bei bem. auf d » auf boj. im ff in tern. tur^'0 t Iwtd) bol. oom It oon bem. fur's n fur bol. }tun n ju bem. in'< # tn boj. h. fn IT }u bet. um'f « um ba&. XII. THE SUBSTANTIVE. § 66. The substantive is a word which expresses the idea of an existence — that is, of a person or thing. Substantives are divided into concrete and abstract. A concrete substantive is the name of an object which can be perceived by the senses, or which really exists; as — SU^ann, man; S'tau, woman; @tabt, town; ^lu% river; 33ogel, bird; @onne, sun ; SSaffer, water. An abstract substantive is the name of a thing which is only conceived by the mind as having an independent existence; as— (Sprung, leap ; ?5aU, fall; 8^reub«, joy ; @d^Iaf, sleep ; @d^6n^eit, beauty ; 3:^or^eit, folly. § 67. The concrete substantives are divided into common names, proper names, collective names, and names of materials. 1. A common name is a name conmion to all the indivi- duals of the same class of persons or things; as — SWantl, man ; (Sngel, angel ; ^unb, dog ; @tabt, town ; Sriuf , river ; 3Baum, tree ; 93ogeI, bird. 2. A proper name is a name which is proper or peculiar to the individual person or thing bearing it, and therefore distinguishes one individual from all other individuals of the same kind; as— gutter, Jtarl, (Bnxopa, (Snglanb, Sonbon, 3. Names of materials are names of things which do not admit of any distinction of individuals or of number, but only of quantity ; as — 53af[cr, water ; 3Ccin, wine ; @anb, sand ; ^udtx, sugar ; fSfltf)l, meal ; @taub, dust. 4. A collective name expresses a plurahty of individual persons or things of the same kind represented as a whole ; as — 33olf, people; '^ttx, army; 93ie§, cattle; *lJricjierf(^aft, priesthood ; ®MxQt, range of mountains ; ©wolf, collection of clouds. § 68. Abstract substantives are divided into — 1. Names of actions ; as — (Sprung, leap ; SBlicf, look ; jRuf, call ; @^Iag, stroke ; ^aU, fall ; ©c^cul, howling ; ©etaffel, rattling. 2. Names of conditions ; as— Sriebe, peace ; Srreube, joy ; Brut^t, fear ; @«n, Wn) determines the gender. § 70. All names of things should be of the neuter gender ; but by a kind of personification, the German language assigns the masculine or feminine gender even to many names of things. The gender of such substantives may be ascertained partly from their meaning, partly and principally from their form. § 71. The meaning determines the gender of names of things in the following cases : — 1. The names of seasons, months, and days are masculine, except boS 3a^r, the year. 2. The names of stones and mountains are masculine. 3. Most proper names of rivers are feminine ; except ber 9ii)tin, ber fOlain, ber SRecfar, ber Sed^, ber 3nn, &c. ; and many rivers belonging to foreign countries, as — ber ^0, ber 0Vi, ber ©angeS, ber SWijftfTHJ^i; dne, the beautifcd ; bag ©r^abcne, the sublime, and all infinitives used in the sense of substantives ; as — Dag Sfleifen, the traveUing ; bag Sefen, the reading ; bag Mtn, the life. § 72. The form determines the gender in the following 1. Substantives of one syllable are masculine. The follow^ ing substantives, however, are excepted : — * a. Feminine Monosyllables. bie 5lngfl, anguish. bie %Qxm, form. n QIrt, manner. n ^rad^t, freight. t, %xt, axe. H ?Jrau, woman. n 23a^n, path. » iJruc^t, fruit. w SBanf, bench. » Surd^t, fear. IT SBai, bay. * ®ang, goose. » SBraut, bride. » @id?t, gout. » SBrufl, breast. IT a3ud^t, bay. » ®Iut^, glow. IT SBurg, castle. . *r ®ruft, grave. n %a\x% fist. n ®unj^, favour. n S^lud^t, flight. n •&anb, hand. n ^hxx, field. „ *^ajl, haste. n ^hxt, flood. >, J&aut, skin. • Th« lists of exceptions griren here contain only substantires in ordinarj JBe. More complete catalogues are furnished in the larger Chrammar. AB Rubatantives marked thus i haye two genders, but with a different significatioo for each. In every such instance, see { 73- RLBMRNTART OBRMAN GRAMMAR. ble 3agb, chase. n ko% food. n ^raft, strength. K ^\if), cow. » ,Kunft, art. « Saji, load. ,1 fiauS, louse, ir Sifl, cunning. „ £uft, air. w ^u% pleasure, ir 2Kad^t, might. • SDfagb, maid-servant. »f SKauS, mouse. • SKil^, milk. • «Kilj, milt. » 0lad?t, night. « 9^a!^t, seam. » 9Iot^, need. « 9ZuU, zero. « SRuJ, nut. If ^ein, torment » «J3fltc^t, duty. « ^oft, post. » SPrac^t, splendour. • Ctual, torment. bie @aat, seed. ff @au, sow. n , bath, t n 95anb, ribbon. » 33cet, flower-bed. » SBcil, hatchet. • SPcin, leg. . «Bctt, bed. >f 93ier, beer. « SBilb, picture. • SBIatt, leaf. N SBIec^, tin-plate. n SBlei, lead. . ®Iut, blood. bag SBoot, boat. " 33rctt, board. - 3Brob, bread. .. SBuc^, book, t II 3Sunb, bundle. I, 2)ad^, roof. I, S)ing, thing. « 2)orf, village. " ®i, egg. « (5ig, ice. If (£rj, ore. • &ac^, compartment. » $a§, cask. &BNDKR OF SUBSTANTIVES. «1 bad Srelb, field. • i^tU, skin. V ^eft, festival. « ^tti, grease, fat. -, mcif^, flesh. H gflo^, raft. • ®arn, yarn. »» ®elb, money, f ®ift, poison. X ©lag, glass. » ©lets, track of a wheel. » ®Iicb, limb. « ®Iucf, luck. w ®olb, gold, » ®rab, grave. »• ®ra8, grass. •» ®ut, property, estate. »» ♦^aar, hair, t « «^arj, resin. »f 'i&au))t, head. « "^auS, house. • «&ecr, army. • •&cmb, shirt. » «&erj, heart. »f «^eu, hay. " •^olj, wood. • •i&om, horn. « '^u^n, fowl. » 3a^r, year. i» 3od^, yoke. • t^ali, calf. » Jtinb, child. t Jlinn, chin. » .^leib, garment. » ,^nie, knee. •» ,Korn, com. » .^raut, herb, rf ^reu§, cross. » liJamm, lamb. » £anb, land. • iaub, foliage. bag Sic^t, light. » Sicb, song. » Sob, praise. » fioc^, hole, t n fio^n, wages. „ Soog, lot. w Sot^), plumb-line. M ^ai)l, meal, repast. „ SWalj, malt, t » Wlaxt, marrow. ff ^aa^, measure. n 9)iaul, mouth (of beasts). n SKecr, sea. . m% flour. •r 9^008, moss. » SKuS, pap, jam. M 0lefl, nest. I, 0le§, net. • Dbji, fruit II D^r, ear. » Del, oU. » 53aar, pair. » ^Jedj, pitch. »» ^fanb, pledge. » SjUfcrb, horse. f 5iJfunb, pound. « 9lab, wheel f, aticd^t, right, law. » Olc^, roe. « Oleid^, empire. „ Olicf, ream. »r Olinb, neat, heifer. n 9lo^r, reed. n 9io^, horse. » @alj, salt. « @c^af, sheep. » @d?i|f, ship, t n @d?ilb, sign-board » Sd^ilf, rush. » @d}lo^, lock ; castla ». ©djmali, grease, lard. 0S BLBMBNTART GERMAN GRAMMAR. bad @(^0(f,nnmber of sixty. • (Sd^wfin, pig. » (Sc^wett, sword. • (Seil, rope, rt @ieb, sieve. •» @^iel, play. n @tro!^, straw. » ©tiirf, piece. tr ilau, cable. •^ S^l^al, valley, t » ^eil, share, portion. H ^itx, animal, t » %f}ox, gate. •r %u(ff, cloth. ba« aSie^, cattle. ff aSotf, nation. « SBaie, wax. » Sc^, wo. rr SBeiB, woman. « SBerf, work. » SBilb, game. » 2Bo§I, wellbeing. »f SCBort, word. n SBracf, wreck, » 3flt, tent, ff 3fU9/ st^' « Qitl, limit. 2. Substantives ending in el, em, en, er, ing, ling, ig, [am, are mascnline. The terminations el, en, et, Ing, however, are subject to the following exceptions : — a. Feminine Exceptions: — IN el— We 5l(if>fel, shoulder. „ 5lmfel, black-bird. . SBiBel, Bible. , 2)attel, date. „ 2)eici^fel, carriage-pole. „ 3)ifiel, thistle. » 3)roffel, thrush. » gfabel, fable. IT 5a(fel, torch. » g^ejTel, fetter. » S^ibel, speUing-book. » ®abel, fork. • Snfel, island. « Jtangel, pulpit. » Jtartoffel, potato. »r Jtugel, ball. h « 9)2anbel, abnond. tbie 3^angel, mangle. « 3Wuf^el,shea »» SRabcl, needle. I. Orqel, organ. tt ^.kpjjft, poplar, ff ^arabel, parable, ff Diesel, rule, ff @d)ad^tel, band-box. ff @ct?aufel, shovel »/ @d)ii|fel, dish. f- @i^el, sickle. ff 3^afel, long table. ff 3^rommeI, drum, ff 3Ba(^tel, quail. t, 5Bur§el, root. » Swif^flf onion. 08NDBR OF SUB8TANTITB8. IN n— bit %tfn, rein. " %VL]Ut, oyster. * SButtnc, butter. H 6cbcr, cedar. K (Sljlcr, magpie. « ^eber, feather, pen. « bolter, rack. • ^ammtx, chamber. n ^dUx, wine-press. t M liefer, pine. " Seber, Uver. The DameB of riyen ending t^ general role in § 71, 3 ; e. hit ^tittx, ladder. « SKauet, wall. - ^Intttx, mother. . Sflummcr, number. « njejiei:, sister. ■ » (Steuer, tax. « ^^jjc^ter, daughter. " 2Bim))er, eyelash. in er or el are also feminine, according to g.—hit Ok«, bie OBefer, tie ORofel, &c 6. Nbutkr ExciPTiONs: — IN el— Ul& SBunbel, bundle. bad Drafel, oracle. « Jta:pitel, chapter. »» @egel, sail, t «r SWanbel, number of fifteen. « @iegcl, seal. » SKittel, means. « Uebel, evil. IN m— tad SBecfen, basin. bad , ©etralt, power. The names of persons are also excepted, their gender being determined by their meaning; and likewise substantives ending in ung, ^eit, feit, fc^aft, fam, which take the gender assigned to them by their termination. 6. Compound substantives usually foUow the gender of their last component. @tanb, for example, being of the mascuUne gender, QSetjlanb, 5lufflanb, 3ufianb, ©egenjlanb, Umjtanb, &c., are also masculine. Similarly, 23ud) being neuter, ♦i^anbBuc^, ^^afc^enBud^, SefeButi^, are likewise neuter. 7. Foreign substantives usually retain their original gender ; as — ^ber ^crfer, prison, from career ; bie 0latur, nature, from natura; bag ^loflet, cloister, from claustrum. Hence alj substantives ending in ie, ion, tdt, if, enj, ur, are feminine. § 73. A number of substantives have two genders, with a different signification for each. The following are worthy of special notice : — ber 9Banb, volume of a book. baS 93anb, ribbon, tie. n SBauer, peasant. « 3Baucr, bird-cage. f» @rbe, heir. « @rbe, inheritance. n «i&arj, Harz mountains. » •^^^i, resin. .. •^cibe, heathen. bie «^cibe, heath. « liefer, jaw. « liefer, pine. 66 BLEMENTARY GERMAN GRAM MA K. ber So'^n, reward. bag fio|)n, wages. bie SKanbel, almond. „ fKanbtl, number of fifteen. ber ^axiQtl, want, defect. bie 3Kangel, mangle. • @d^ilb, shield. bag (S^ilb, sign-board. f, @ef, lake. bie @ee, sea. bie @teuer, tax, contribution, bag @teuer, helm. bet 3^eil, part of a whole. „ ^eil, share, portion. • ^OX, fool. « ^ox, gate. XIV. THE DECLENSION OF SUBSTANTIVES. § 74. Dedension in general consists in the affixing of terminations, and in the case of substantives, sometimes also in the modifying of the vowel of the stem. In declension are distinguished two numbers — namely, singular and plural ; and four cases in each number — namely, nominative, genitive (or possessive), dative (or person-case), accusative (or objective). § 76. There are two declensions — the strong and the weak. Every substantive is declined according to either the one or the other. Words of the strong declension take, in the singular, the termination eg for the genitive, and e for the dative, the accusative being the same as the nominative. In the plural, they take e in the nominative, genitive, and accusative, and en in the dative. Words of the weak declension take the termination en (or simply n) in all cases except the nominative singular. A number of words of the strong declension, moreover, have their vowel modified in the plural, whilst all words of the weak declension leave their vowel unchanged. Certain words of the strong declension lose the vowel e in all the inflectional terminations, so that the only terminations which require to be affixed are — g in the genitive singular, and n in the dative plural, if the word itself does not end in n or m. This is called tiie contracted form of the strong declension. DECLENSION OP SUBSTANTIVES. 67 Another class of words of the strong declension take, in the plural, the enlarged termination er in the nominative, genitive, and accusative, and em in the dative ; all the cases of the singular, however, retaining the primary terminations of the strong declension. This is called the enlarged form of the strong declension. § 7G. The strong declension comprises substantives of all three genders, but principally of the masculine and neuter. A small number of feminine substantives are declined by the primary form, two by the contracted form, but none by liie enlarged. The loeak declension comprehends only masculine and feminine substantives. § 77. All feminine substantives remain unchanged in the singular, whether they belong to the strong or weak declension in the plural. § 78. TABULAR VIEW OP THE TERMINATIONS OP BOTH DECLENSIONS. ST&ONO DRCLBN8I0N. FBIMA&T FOIIM. OOimtAOTMD FORM. KNLASQBD FOBX. Norn. Gen. (Oe, Ulf «- («)»- Acc. — Pltir. Norn, t, Gm. t, Bat, w, ( B^t "' Acc. t, WKAK DBCLBN8I0N. Sing. Norn. — Gen. en or n, Dca. en or n, Acc. en or n, Plur. Norn, en or n, Gen. en or n, Dot. en or n, Aco, en or n. 68 ELEMENTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. Mom. The dropping of the yowel e in the inflectional terminatioDA of the genitive and datiye singnlar in the strong declension, depends on euphony. In words of more than one syllable having an unaccented suffix, it is oommonlj thrown out; as — in St'omt^, gen. tti Stbmqi, dat. tern Jtonig; bet Sungling, gen. tci Sungttngfl, dat. fcem Sungling; bet Tlenat, gen. bcf SWonata, dat. kem SKonat, In the weak declenaon, the vowel e is always thrown out in wordc ending in e, I, or r ; as — bet Stnabt, gen. Iti Stnaitn ; bet 93aier, pinr. btc SBaiem ; btc gebet, plur. bie JSfebetn ; bie ©(i^tiffct, plur. bie ©i^uffetn. SPECIMENS OF THE STRONG DECLENSION. o. Primary Form. Sing. Norn, bet @ol^n, the son. bie ^\XX{% the art. Gen. beg @oine8, of the son. bet ,^unft, of the art. Dat. bem @o^nc, to the son. ber »^unj^, to the art. Ace. ben @o;^ii, the son. bie ^unfl, the art. Phtr. Nom. bie @o^ne, the sons. bie ^unfte, the arts. Gen. ber @o^ne, of the sons, ber ^unfle, of the arts. Dai. ben @o^nen, to the sons, ben .Kunflen, to the arts. Ace. bie @6^ne, the sons. bie ^iinfte, the arts. b. Contracted Form. Sing.Nom.'Xitx SSater, the father. ber «§afen, the harbour. Gen. beg ^aterS, of the father. beS «^afen 6, of the harbour. Dat. bem SSater, to the father, bem «§afen, to the harbour. Ace. ben Q3ater, the father, ben «&afen, the harbour. Plur.Nom.'tiXt 3Sdter, the fathers, bie 4afen, the harbours. Gen. ber 93dter, of the ber *§dfen, of the har- fathers. bours. Dot. ben SSdtem, to the ben «§dfen, to the har- fathers. bours. Ace. bie SSdter, the fathers, bie «§dfen, the harbours. c. Enlarged Form. Sing. Nom. bag 8anb, the country. Gen. beg Sanbcg, of the country. Dat. bem I^anbe, to the country. Ace. bag 8anb, the country. Plur. Nom. bie l&dnber, the countries. Gen. ber SJdnber, of the countries. Dat. ben fidnbem, to the countries. Aee. bie Sdnber, the countries. DECLENSION OF SUBSTANTIVES. SPECIMENS OP THE WEAK DECLENSION. Sing. Nom. ber ®raf, the count. bie ^xan, the woman. Gen. bcS ©rafen, of the count, bcr 5rau, of the woman. Di 33oIf, people ; rr 2Bf ib, woman ; « 3Bort, word ; 3. The following six neuters with the bag ®ema(^, apartment ; " ©emiit!^, mind ; rr ®efd?led^t, sex ; » ©ejld^t, face ; rr ©cf^jenft, spectre ; « ©enjanb, garment ; 4. All substantives ending in tl^um ; principality, plural bie ^iitftent^mcr ; plural bic Srrt^umer. bie @d^ilber. « @d)njcrtet« n X\)aUx, . 33oHer. « mdUx. . SBortcr. augment ge : — bie ©emdci^cr. n ©emiit^cr. « ©efd^Ied^ter. « ©efld^tcr. n ©c)>cnj^cr. f. ®cn?dnber. as— ba§ 8-iirflent:^um, ber Srrt^um, error, § 83. Only a small number of feminine substantives follow the strong declension, the singular remaining unchanged, however, according to § 77. 1. By the primary form are declined — SUfOXTLAR. bie 5lrt, axe ; n ^anf , bench ; » SBraut, bride ; 1 SSrufl, breast ; n 8^aufl, fist; If ^rud^t, fruit ; n ®aii&, goose ; « ©ruft, grave ; n «§Qnb, hand ; « «§aut, skin ; H Rxaft, strength ; • Jlu^, cow ; « Jtunfi, art ; ti SauS, louse ; infi, air ; bie Olerte. n 9Bdnfe. ft 93rdute« „ SBrujle. « S^dufle. •» Srrurf>t«; t, ©dnfe. » ©riifte* »f «&dnbe. If «^dute. » ^rdfte. « ^ii^c. «f Jttin|le, If Sdufe. • Siiftc. 74 RLBMENTART OBRMAN GRAMMAR. Die fiuji, desire ; ble 2u|le» „ SP?ad^t, power ; „ !Wdd;te. ff SWagb, maid-servant ; » SWdgic. » SKaug, mouse ; « STOdufe. » 0lad^t, night ; « ^Idc^te* r, ^a% seam ; „ SRdl^te. n fflotf), need; „ ^bify. n SRu^, nut ; « gfluffe. » ©tabt, town ; « @tdDte. . 2Banb, waU; « SBdnbe. „ 2Bur|t, sausage ; « ©iirfle. And those ending in niB- 2. By the contracted form are decUned — bic SWuttet, mother ; bie 3)iuttcr. f< iloc^tcr, daughter ; « Jlod^ter, SUBSTANTIVES DECLINED AFTER THE WEAK DECLENSION. § 84. Feminine substantives generally follow the weak declension. The exceptions are mentioned in the preceding paragraph. The practice of leaving feminine substantives unchanged in the singular has been referred to in § 77. Feminines ending in in take the usual termination en in the plural, but at the same time double the n of the derivative suffix; as — ^irtin, shepherdess, plur. «^irtinnen; •i&elbin, heroine, plur. «&elbinnen; ©ottin, goddess, plur. @dtttnnen. § 86. Some mascuUne substantives likewise follow the weak declension ; namely — 1. All those that end in e. Examples : — bet $ote, messen- ger; ber Jtnabe, boy; ber (Sefdl^rtc, companion; ber S6»e, lion ; ber «&afe, hare. Also the names of nations ending in t, and some ending in er and at; e.g. — ber 3Britte, Briton ; ber ^xtu^t, Prussian ; ber 5£>dne, Dane ; ber X\xxl{t), Turk ; ber 3Wo;^r(e), Moor ; ber 39aier, Bavarian ; ber staffer, Kaffir ; ber Hnflar, Hungarian. DECLENSION OF SUBSTANTIVES. 75 2. The following monosyllables : — ber SBdr, bear ; bie 33dren. « ^xi% Christian ; n 6:^rijten. „ ^inf, finch ; rf ^infen. „ S^urji, prince ; M Surfteiu « ©erf, fop; r, ®e(fen. »f ®raf, count ; » ©rafcn. « .^elb, hero ; „ ^elben •f ^crr, master ; »r •&crrcn. „ ^irt, herdsman ; rr «i&ittcn. » aWenfc^, man ; « aWenfc^en, « gi^arr, fool; w S'larren. „ 91crt?, nerve ; « 0leroetu « Od^S, ox; « Od?[en. „ ^Jrinj, prince ; « ^tinjcn. „ if)ox, fool ; « i^oten. knd the compounds — • ber J&agejlolj, old bachelor ; bie ^^ageftolgen. « SSotfa^r, ancestor ; r, S3orfa:^ren.»L " Gardener, ©drtnet. " To lop, befc^netben. '» Tree, aBattm.»H ** Hedge, ^erfe^. *• I^af, Slatt^ " To fall, abfatten. « Garden, ©artetUn " To plant, b^flanyn. " With, ' mtt, governs the datire. " Flower, SBtume. *• Bird, SBogel. '^ Upon* mif, with the dative. ^ 76 ELEMENTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. the tree. The roof ^ of the building ^^ is being repaired.^ I am acquainted ^^ with the clergyman ^^ of the village.^ The mother of the girl is a sempstress.** We shall take a walk^ with a friend. The title-page^ of the book is torn out.^7 They waved^ their (say, the) hats.^^ Many** ships*' are in*^ the harbour.*^ I love the fine** arts.*^ I have found a key.*^ The rooms *'^ of the house are too small.*® The walls *^ of the room must be cleaned.^ The nuts^* are ripe. The days are increasing.** The shoemaker*^ has aent** a pair" q/" shoes. The dogs pursue*^ a hare.^^ t . " Roof, '^(x^. >^ Building, (Sebiubc^^ To repair, au«bcffetnt. *' Acquainted, bffannt; goea to the end of the sentence, "Clergyman, ^Jfarrer. •^Village, 3?orf.^ " Sempstress, SRd^terin. " To take a walk, ftjajtcren ge^en. " Title-page, Sittelblatt. " To tear out, auSretpen. " To wave, fc^wenfcn. " Hat, «iit. " Many, uiele. " Ship, ©c^tjf.^^ " In, in, with the dative. *' Harbour, J&afcn.>,^^** Fine (plur.), fc^onen. ** Art, Jtunft. *® Key, Sc^luffel.V *' Room, 3immer.»i^ *' Too small, §u flein. " Wall, y-aCant.Z *• To clean, rcinigen. " Nut, 9^u|i-^ " To increase, junc^meiu / " Shoemaker, @d)u^mac^er. »* To send, fc^icfen. " Pair, OJaar,^ *• To I pursue, loerfolgen. " Hare, "^afe.^ EXEECI8E XX. Do you see the houses of the town ? Bring a knife' and a fork.* Bring three knives, three forks, and three spoons.^ I want* a plate* and a spoon. The glasses^ stand upon^ the table.® The eggs^ are rotten.'® Miss S. sang a few" songs.'* I shall order '^ twelve'* bottles'* o/" beer.'^ I have drunk two cups '7 of tea.'® A beggar'^ is at^* the door.*' I have read it in** a newspaper.*^ I gave [to] the woman a charity.** Has (say, is) the boy come from** [the] school ? The boys have bathed in the river.*^ I have sent*^ the messenger*® away.*^ He has given ^ [to] his^' nephew 3* • Knife, Wit^rx. * Fork, ®aBcl. » Spoon, 86ffeL * To want, brauc^en. • Plate, Xffler. • Glass, @la«. ^ Upon, auf, with the dative. » Table, %\\&i. * Egg, ©u •• Rotten, fauL " A few, finige. " Song, 8tet). " To order, befieaen. '* Twelve, jwolf. " Bottle, Slafc^e. " Beer, aier. " Cup, Xaffe. '• Tea, Zi)tt. " Beggar, ©cttlcr. " At, an, with the dative. " Door, 2^ur. " In, in, with the dative. *' Newspaper, 3eitung. "* Charity, aimofen, n. " From, a»», governs the dative. *• River, ^f . " To send, fc^irfen. *" Messenger, JBote. " Away, fort. »• To give, H^taitn. " To his, fetnrm. " Nephew, gfleffc. DECLENSION OP SUBSTANTIVES. 77 a watch.^ Horses** and oxen^ are [being] used^ for ploughing.^'^ Have you seen the count^ and the countess 1^ The life'*® of [the] man^' is short.'*^ The watches go wrong *^ The sister is expecting*^ some^* friends.'** The walls '*7 of the castle** lie in ruins.*^ I have eaten some oysters.^ He shrugged ^^ his (say, the) shoulders.*^ The Britons^ have a large ^ fleet." The Scandinavian^ islands ^-^ are [being] inhabited** by*^ the Danes,®® Swedes,*^ and Norwegians.^ " Watch, U^r. " Horse, 5pferfc. " Ox, 0(^«. " To use, gebr«ucl(>en. " For ploughing, jum SPPitgen. " Count, ®raf. " Countess, ©tdfin, ♦• Life, 8eben. " Man, (Wenfc^. « Short, furj. " Wrong, falfc^. " To expect, erwarten. ** Some, einige. *• Friend, greunbtn. " Wall, ajiauct. *• Castle, aSurg. " Lie in ruins, fmb locrfaUen. *• Oyster, 2luftet. " To shrug, jucfen. " Shoulder, 2lc^fel, f. " Briton, ©ritte. " Large, grofe. " Fleet, Slotte. *' Scandinavian (plur.), SfaiiMnamfd^jen. " Island, SnfeL •" To inhabit, benjofenen. '• By, won, governs the dative. •" Dane, D4nt. " Swede, @^njefce. " Norwegian, SlotrotQa. PECULIARITIES IN DECLENSION. § jS6. The following masculine substantives are declined by t^ weak declension through singular and plural, but take in the genitive singular the strong termination 6 in addition to the weak termination n ; as — 3Bu(!^jiaben8^ // SriebenS, (kc. :— "" '^' j - ber SBuc^jlabe^ letter of the bcr <^a\ik, heap ; '^ I alphabet ; » ^amt, name ; — I ^ n fjtiebc, peace ; » @amc, seed ; - M ^unU, spark ; » (Sc^abe, injury ; — • I <— r, ©ebanfe, thought; „ aBiUe, will. -, ' ^^ ©laube, faith. The neuter bag »^er§, heart, is similarly declined, except that it remains unchanged in the accusative singular: — ^gen. bed •^erjcnS, dat. bcm «&er5en, ace. bag «&«jj^plur. bie ^^erjen. §87. The following masculine and neuter substantives follow the strong ^ declension in the singular, but the weak ip the plural : — 1. Masculines: — bet 5l^n, ancestor ; bet 2)orn, thorn ; » SBauer, peasant ; » Srorfl, forest ; 78 ELEMENTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. bet ©eJjatter, godfather ; bcr @porn, spur ; — H SorBeer, laurel ; —„ @taat, state; ., 9ftafl, mast of a ship ; „ ©tac^el, sting; H 9Ra0ar, neighbour; „ @ticfel, boot ; " ^antoffel, slipper; -n, (Stral^l, ray ; — » ©c^merg, pain ; „ Untertl^an, subject ; - » . " To sole, befol^ten. " Beauty, ©c^on^rit. " Beyond description, aniefc^reiblic^. " An inestimable gtft, eine unf(^ debate ®obe. " One mouth (ace.), etnen SWunk. '• Not yet, no(^ nidjjt. " To iron, flatten. " To close, fc^Uepcn. " On, on, with the dative. '* Holiday, Srimag. " To occupy, bcfe^en. " Green, grutu "" To shut, jumad^en. " To be let, ju Bermict^ou *• These, tteS. •• French (plur.), franj6fifdS>e. " Her (plur.), i^re. " Dagger, JDolc^. " To get, befommen. »* Their wage*, '•Cift 8o^n. " Weekly, »6c^cmlid(>. " To remove, au«jtc^fii. " Several, BM^rrrc " To fail, faaicen. DECLENSION OP FOREIGN SUBSTANTIVES. § 89. The following foreign substantives take the strong declension both in the singular and plural : — 1. Most names of things of the masculine and neuter 80 ELEMENTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. genders ; as— bcr Snfiinft, bag a)ionuniem, &c. t&oS^jital has in the plural »§o6^3italcr ; Slegiment has 9flcgimenter. 2. Those names of male persons which end in al, ax, an, et, icr, on, and or (with the accent on the last syllable ; as — SD^ajor, major). Likewise — 5lbt, abbot ; ^robjl, prebendary ; ^ap^, pope; SBif^of, bishop; plural *2tebte, ^robftc, $d^fte, SBtfc^ofe. § 90. The following are declined after the strong declen- sion in the singular, after the weak in the plural : — 1. Those names of male persons which end in an unac- cented or ; as— ^Jrofeffor, gen. ^JrofejforS, plur. ^rofefforen. 2. Those neuter substantives which had originally, or still have, the Latin termination itwi or um, and also those neuters which end in at or il (Latin ale, ile). These have in the plural ien or en respectively. For example: — @i)angcUum, gospel, gen. @»angeliumS, plur. @i>angclien; 3nbit?ibuum, individual, gen. 3nbiJ)ibuum8, plur. Snbitjtbucn; SWatcrial, material, gen. 5Watcrial8, plur. SPiaterialien ; ^ojfll, fossil, gen 8:oPS, plur. ^offitien. 3. The following masculines :—2)iamant, i^afan, iEonfuI, ^rdfcft, ^falm, 9lu6in, and the neuters 3nfeft, ^Jronom, @tatut, 33erb. § 91. The following are declined by the weak declension both in the singular and plural (the feminines, however, remaining unchanged in the singular) : — 1. All feminine substantives. 2. All appellations of male persons, with the exception of those above mentioned. 3. These masculines :— 2)ufat, @Ie))^ant, ^onfonant, Jtomet, 5Jlanet, Cluotient, and others of a similar kind. § 92. Masculine and neuter substantives which belong to other modern languages, and have retained their original foreign form unchanged, take d in the genitive singular, and likewise g in the plural; as — SorbS, ©cnicg, S^efS, 3ronb6, S)ctail6, SBanquierS, ^IcteurS, ^ortrdtS, d, n. " Six, ffc^S. " Officer, Offtjiet. " On leave, auf Urlaub. " The highest dignitaries, tie l^o^flen ®eiflUcf?en. *• Of the English church, \vt engltfc^cn J?irc^e. *• To call, ncnnen. " Archbishop, ®i jbtfdjof " University, Untiocrrudt, f. •' Meeting, Sonfctenj, f. " To expel, teUgtren. " Student, ©tubent. '• Four, loicr. *^ Gospel, ©loangeUum, n. •• To contain, entbaltcn. »• History, ©cfc^idjte. ♦• Of Christ, S^nflL " The fifth chapter, ba« fftnfte J?c«)itel, " According to Matthew, OJiattl^ai. " To collect, fammetn. 44 Fossil, Sofftl, n. *» Kingdom, Jtonigrett^. ** Prussia, $reupen. " Each, jrte. ** Faculty, SafuUdt. *• Various (plur.), tscrfc^ietene. ** Theologian, 53&eolog. " To translate, uberfe^en ; see § 62, note. " To ioterpret, crflircn. " Prophet, ^Prop^et. »* Isaiah, 3cfata«. " Phmet, ^Jlanet, m. •• To receive, em^fangen. " Their light, t^r «t*t. *• From, won, with the dative. •• Messrs, bit •§crren. F 82 ELBMBNTART GERMAN GRAMMAR. are bankers.®'* I am acquainted*^ with*^ the principals* of several^ commercial houses^ in London. ^^ Banker, SBanqutet; see § 92. " Aoqxiainted, befannt; is removed to the end. " With, mit ; gov ems the dative. •* Prindpsd, (Sl^ef. •* Of several, me^rerer. " Commercial house, ^anbel«^ou8. DECLENSION OF PROPER NAMES. § 93. Those proper names which are never used without an article — as the names of rivers, seas, lakes, mountains, and forests, and the names of countries of the masculine or feminine gender — follow entirely the rules given for the declension of common names. But with regard to those proper names which are commonly used without an article- that is, names of persons, places, and neuter names of countries — the following rules are observed : — § 94. They take in the genitive the strong termination 9 ) 9&—Rax\, JtarU; JVriebrid), (^ricbridjS; (Slifabet^, eiifabet^g; 5lbcl^cH), OlDcI^eibS ; ^merifa, ^ImerifaS ; SBtxMn, SBerlinS. § 95. Names of females ending in e follow the weak declen- sion, but take in the genitive the mixed termination end ; as — (Sophie, gen. (Sop^ienS, dat. and ace. (5op^im« § 96. Foreign names ending in a sibilant, especially such of them as have an unaccented termination, are not declined, and the case is pointed out by the definite article ; for instance — baS «&eer bcS 3ferre8, the army of Xerxes; Die ©d^riften beS ^IrifiotcIcS, the writings of Aristotle; bad @d?n?frt ber 3^emiS, the sword of Themis ; bem ^JauluS, to Paul. The same expedient is sometimes had recourse to, even with names which can be inflected in the genitive; e.g. — bie 3Bricfc bed Qiccro (or Giccro'S 33riefe), the epistles of Cicero. With such names as do not take any inflectional termination in the dative, it is a very common practice to point out the case by means of the article, especially if this may serve to avoid ambiguities ; as in — er jie^t ®5t^e bem @d?i&er J?or, he prefers Goethe to Schiller. § 97. Proper names of countries and places come under the general rule — that is, they take d in the genitive. But DBOLBNSION OF SUBSTANTIVES. 88 when, owing to the last consonant being a sibilant, the genitive cannot take the termination @, or whenever another case requires to be used, a common name is placed in appo- sition to the proper name; as — bie ^Kcrfnjurbigfciten bet ©tabt ^JariS, the sights of the city of Paris ; bcr 9Scfc^l6^a6cr bet Settling SKainj, the commander of the fortress of Mayence; bem ^onigreic^ @panicn iji S'tanfreid? iiberlcgm, France is superior in power to the kingdom of Spain. The relation of the genitive can, in such cases, be expressed by the preposition oonj as in — bie SBcOoIfenmg oon ^ariS, the population of Paris; bie Sage Don 6abir, the situation of Cadiz. Note. The latter mode of expressing the relation of the genitive is not limited to names ending in a sibilant, bnt is often eniployed with names of places, and especially of conntries generally, if the name follows the substantive by which it is governed; e.g. — bie Umgcgent »on ^anffutt, the environs of Frankfort ; t»tc ilbnigin Don (Jngtanb, the Queen of England; bet J^aifer von Siu^lant), the Emperor of Russia. § 98. When the name of a person is preceded by an article, with or without an adjective, it is not declined ; as — ber ©c^ifler, beS @d?iUer, bcm (Sc^ifler, ben ©rfjider ; bcr gtof e ©ot^c, beg gro^en ®6t^e, bem gro§cn ®6t^e, ben gro^en ®ot|)e. This rule is only departed from when a name in the genitive case, and preceded by an adjective, is placed before the word by which it is governed ; as — beg grofen i^riebric^'8 Xjjaten, great Frederick's deeds ; beS beriil^nUen 0leanber'8 SBerfe, the works of the celebrated Neander. EXERCISE XXIIL The Aar,^ the Moselle,* the Maas,^ the Neckar,* and the Main,^ are tributaries* of the Rhine.^ The Brocken® forms* the centre^® of the Harz Mountains." Have you been in [the] Switzerland ? ^2 Mayence ^^ is one^* of the most ancient ^^ towns of Germany. Sophy's^' brother has ' The Aar, bte 2lar. * The MoseUe, kte gjiofel. » The Maas, bie SWooJ. * The Neckar, ber Slecfor. ' The Main, ber aJJain. • Tributary, SfJeben. fluf . ' The Rhine, bcr JRl^etn. * The Brocken, bet Storfen. " To form, Hlben, '" Centre, 3Jhttel*unft. " The Harz Mountains, ber ^arj (sing.) " Switzerland, bie ®c^»etj (dat.) " Mayence, a^ainj. " One (fern.), etn^ " Of themost andent, ber OSXt^au *' Sophy, @o)>]^ 84 BLEMBNTART OBRMAN GRAMMAR. married ^7 Frederick's^^ sister. Do you know*® Charlotte's mother? Xerxes, king of Persia,^ was the son and suc- cessor^* of [the] Darius^^ Hystaspis. We are translating the tales 23 of [the] Musaeus into English.*'* I prefer *« Schiller to [the] Goethe. The garrison ^^ of the fortress ^^ o/Mayence amounts 2^ to six thousand men.*® The population^ of London is greater ^^ than^* the population of Paris. The situation^ of Coblenz is very charming.^ Vienna^ is the capital 3^ of Austria.^ " To marry, ^eiratl^en ; is a weak yerb. " Frederick, {Jriekrtc^. " To know, fennen. '* Persia, *Perften. " Successor, Sladjfolger. " Darius, S)ario8. " Tale, aJid^rc^en. " Into English, tn'8 ^ngUfc^e. «* To prefer, »or5te^en. *' Garrison, Sefa^ung. '^ Fortress, Sefiung. ^ To amoaat to, fcetragen. ^ Six thousand men, fedjgtaufcnb SDiann. " Population, J8ei»6lfe. rung. " Greater, grower. " Than, ali. " Situation, Sage. " Charming, wtjcnb. " Vienna, aBien. " Capital, J&oi«5tftabt. " Austria, Oefh:ei<^. XV. THB DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES. § 99. Adjectives are words which qualify substantivea When an adjective is asserted of a person or thing, so that it forms the predicate of a sentence, it remains unchanged. For example: — DaS ^Jferb ifi Jung, the horse is young. 2)ie 93dume jlnl> grtin, the trees are green. 2)ie ,Kirfcl)en njcrben re if, the cherries become ripe. @r ift xti^ genjefen, he has been rich. When an adjective stands in an attribtUive connection with a substantive, it is declined — that is, it is made to agree with the substantive in gender, number, and case. For example :— cin iungeS ^ferb, a young horse ; bie griinett SBdumc, the green trees; reifc Jtirfc^en, ripe cherries; eitt reid^cr Wlann, a rich man. Most adjectives can be used in a predicative as well as an attributive connection. § 100. Every adjective which can be used in an attributive connection has two forms of declension, which, like the declensions of substantives, are called the * strong' and the 'weak.' The strong declension is more perfect than the DECLENSION OF ADJECTITBS. 85 weak, being subject to a greater variety of inflectioual changes. The former corresponds with the declension of the definite article, the latter bears a resemblance to the weak declension of substantives. TABULAR VIEW OF THE TEHMINATIONS. STRONO DECLENSION. SINGULAR. PLURAL. MASCULINE. FKHDONE. NBUTBH. ALL THaEB OKNDEBA N(m. tx, ^1 eS, e. Gen. e§ (en), tx, eg (en), er. Dat. em, er. em, en. Ace. en, e, e8, e. WEAK DECLENSION. SINGULAR. PLURAL. MA8CTJUNE. FKMINUfE. NBTTTBR. ALL THKKB OBIfDKU. Nrnn. e, t, <; en. Gen. en, en, en, en. Dat. en. en, en, en. Ace. en, e. e, eiL PARADIGM. STRONG DB0LBN8I0K. SINGULAR. PLURAL. MASCUTJNE. FBxninfK. NICUTBB. ALL THREB eENDKHS. Nom. guter. gute, guteS, gute. Gen. gutcS (en) \, guter. gutcS (en), guter. Dat. gutem, guter. gutem, guten. Ace. guten. gute, guteS, gute. WBAK DECLENSION. SINGULAR. PLURAL. MASCUUNB. FKMININK. mnrrEB. ALL TRBBE GBNDBB&. N&m. gute, gute, gute. guten. Gm. guten. guten, guten. guten. DcLt. guten. guten. guten. guten. Ace guten, gute. gute, guten. 86 BLBMBNTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. NetM. 1. In the genitive singular of the masculine and neuter genders of the strong declension, the weak termination en is now generally adopted in the place of the strong termination ti. 2. Adjectives ending in one of the sjllables er, el, en, when declined, oommonlj lose the vowel e of these sjllables ; as etn madrer 3)lann, a brave man ; etne efcle 5]bat, a noble action ; ein feltner SSogel, a curious bird. 3. The adjective ^oc^, high, when declined, changes d) into ^ ; as in et« l^o^er Serg, a high mountain. § 101. An adjective follows the strong declension when it is not preceded by any article, pronoun, or numeral, or when preceded by an article, pronoun, or numeral which has no inflectional termination. For instance: — gutet 5Bein, good wine; [ci^oneS SSetter, fine weather; teinc ^letbcr, clean dresses; ein ebuer 9Seg, an even road; mein Ueber ^reunb, my dear friend ; unfer neueS «&aug, our new house. An adjective follows the weak declension when it is preceded by an article, pronoun, or numeral, which shews by its strong termination the gender, number, and case of the substantive. For instance : — bet gute ©ein, the good wine ; b«S fu§en 9Beine8, of the sweet wine ; bag fc^onc ^Better, the fine weather; bie rein en .Jtleiber, the clean dresses; biefer ebne ©eg, this even road; meine lieben S^teunbe, my dear friends ; in umferm neuen «&aufe, in our new house. From this rule it is obvious that an adjective may follow the strong declension in one case, while it may require the weak in another, although preceded by the same article, pronoun, or numeral, according as the latter has a strong termination or not. For example, in the nominative ein jiunger 93aum, a young tree, the adjective is in the strong declension, but in the genitive, dative, and accusative in the weak ; namely— gen. eineS fungen 39aume8, dat. einetn jungen SBaume, ace. einen iungen SBaum. Examples :— Sinff. Nam. alter SBein, old wine. Gen. alten SBeineS, of old wine. Dat. alum SSeine, to old wine. Ace. alten SSein, old wine. Plur. Nam. alte SBeine, old wines. Gen. alter ilBeine, of old wines. Dat. alten 3Scinen, to old wines Aec. alte 5Beine, old wines. DBGLBNSION OF ADJBCTIYES. 87 Sing. Norn, bcr iunge 3Baum, the young tree. Gen. beS jungcn 33aumeS, of the young tree. Dot. bcni jungcn ^Baume, to the young tree. Ace. ben jungcii 33aum, the young tree. Plur. Norn, bic iungcn 33dume, the young trees. Gen. bcr fungcn SBdume, of the young trees. Dot. ben jungen SSdumen, to the young trees. Aec. bie iungen 3Bdume, the young trees. Sing. Nam. bie fd^one ^unfl, the fine art. Gen. ber fd^dnen .^unfl, of the fine art. Dat. ber fdjonen ^unfl, to the fine art. Ace. bie fd^one ^unfl, the fine art. Plur. Norn, bie fdjonen »^iin|te, the fine arts. Gen. ber fdjonen ^iinj^e, of the fine arts. Dat. ben fdjonen ^iinfien, to the fine arts. Ace. bie fc^onen ^iinfte, the fine arts. Sing. Norn. biefeS grfine ffelb, this green field. Gen. biefeS grdnen ^elbeS, of this green field, Dat. biefem grunen Selbe, to this green field. Ace. biefeS grunc 5elb, this green field. Plur. Nom. biefe griinen i^elber, these green fields. Gen. biefer griinen ^elber, of these green fields. Dat. biefen grunen ^elbem, to these green fields. Ace. biefe griinen &elber, these green fields. Sing. Nom. eln guteS ^ud?, a good book. Gen. eincS guten QBuc^ed, of a good book. Dat. einem guten 3?u(^e, to a good book Aec. ein guteS SBuc^, a good book. Plur. Nom. gute 9Siid?er, good books. Gen. guter SBiidjer, of good books. Dca. guten SBiidjern, to good books. Ace. gule 23iic^er, good books. Sing. Nom. meine liefce a^ " To lend, lei^en. ^-~ ..I)ECL»N8ION OF ADJECTIVBS. 89 sum of money^^^ We have a rich neighbour.^^ Our^ rich neighboun<-h^ a numerous ^^ family .'*3j5 We climbed*' a high '*2 mountain. The public^** library'*'* is l being] managed*^ by'*^ an able*^ librarian.*^ He has able assistants.'*^y)i\ To whom^ does this*' brown *^ parasol ^"^ belong?'^'' 1 wish" [to] you^ a good morning.^7 jjg has a noble^ heart. ^She ^-^ is a modest*^ woman. These^ are bitter^' almonds.®^ '//c *• Sum of money, ©elfcfumme.f* '^ Neighbour, Slad^bar.\" Our (m.), unfet. *' Numerous, jal^lrctdj. *• Family, Samtlte. *' To climb, erfletgen. ** High, [)oc^; see § 100, note 3. "Public, offfntttdj. "Library, SBtbliot^ef, f. *• To manage, Bcnralten. *• By, ron, with the dative. *^ Able, tuc^tig, " Librarian, JBibliot^efat. " Assistant, @el)i"ilfe.^.**' To whom, mem. " This (m.), fciefet. " Brown, braun. " Parasol, @onnen» ui^irm.A^^" To belong, ge^oren. ** To wish, munfi^en. *• To you, 3l)neii, "Morning, aWorgen. H^ *• Noble, ebel; see §100, note 2. ••Modest, f»cf<^eiten. •• These, tte«. " Bitter, bitter. " Almond, SKanfcel, f. § 102. A participle, when used in the sense of an adjective, is subject to the same rules of declension ; as — bag fterfcenbe CBlatt, the dying leaf; cin anfio§enbeS 3inini^T# an adjoining room ; baS bcrlorcnc ^^arabicS, Paradise Lost. § 103.(Both adjectives and participles can be used as sub-\ stantives, always retaining, however, the declension peculiar I to adjectives. ) The masculine and feminine genders are' employed, both in the singular and plural, to denote persons, and the neuter gender, in the singular, to denote things. Examples :— ein ^t\xi\^vc, a German ; eine !E>cut[d?c, a German woman ; bic ^cutfd^cn, the Germans ; ber ^rembc, the stranger; S'tcmbe, strangers ; cin @tcr6lictjcr, a mortal ; ein JRcifenbcr, a traveller ; bie Umfie^cnbcn, the bystanders ; cin ®cle!^rtcr, a learned man ; ©elc^rtc, learned people ; Dag ®utc, the good, or that which is good ; ©utcS t^un, to do good. § 104. \Adjectives formed from proper names of places often take the suffix cr, which is peculiar to substantives, in preference to the adjective suffix ifd?. Such adjectives are indeclinable and can only be employed in the attributive connection.) For instance: — ber B'rciburgcr 9)iun|^cr, the minster of Friburg ; bie S'ranffurtcr Beitung, the Frankfort Gazette ; bag »&eibelberger 5af , the Heidelberg tun ; *g)am* burger Sftinbfleifc^, Hamburg beef; bie ^cipjiger aJZeffe, the Leipzig fair ; bie SJonboner ^Borfe, the London Exchange ; bie ^artfer SWoben, the Paris fashions. 90 SLBMBNTART GBRMAN GRAMMAR. EXERCISE XXV. The gentlemen* went into* an adjoining^ room. The decisive* moment* has (say, is) come. The charming* weather invites'^ to a walk. The rising® sun is a beautifiil sight.® The expected*® ship has passed" the Sound.** I have returned *^ the found purse " to the rightful *^ owner.** Mr B. is a German. Mr A. and Mr B. are Germans. Is Mrs B. a German ? A stranger*^ wishes to speak to you.** Strangers are not [being] admitted.*® We have the news^* from** a traveller.** He has no sense ^^ of (say, for**) the beautifiil and sublime.** Have you seen the Heidelberg tun? Do you like** Hamburg beef? I have eaten some Frankfort sausages.*^ Many merchants** buy their goods *^ at*^ the Leipzig fair. The lady^* wears ^* a Paris bonnet.^ ' Gentleman, -^ert. ' Into, in, with the accusative. * Adjoining, anflc^ent. * Decisive, entf(^htenk. * Moment, 9lugenbUt{. • Charming, tctjenb. ^ Invites to a walk, latet ju ftnem @»ajtergange etn. ' Rising, oufgefeenb. * Sight, 9lnbltd. " Expected, evreartet. " To pass, paffttcn. " Sound, (Sunt. " To return, juriirfgeben. " Purse, ©orfe. '» Rightful, red)tm&^tg. " Owner, ©tgentljumer. " A stranger, etn Sremfcct. " To speak to you, mit 3bnen ju fprec^rn. '• To admit, ^ulaffen. " News, 0iodjrt4>t, f. ^ From, t>on, with the dative. " A traveller, cin Slcifenbet. " No sense (ace.), fetncn ©inn. " For, fiir, with the accusative. " (The) gnblime, (boa) ©r^abenc. " Do you Uke, efCen @ie gem. '^ Sausage, aDBurfl4>en. " Many merchants, viele Jlaufleute. " Their goods, i^re SDBaoteiu ** At, auf, with the dative. " Lady, 5)ame. " To wear, tKogen. •• Bonnet, -fem. XVL COMFARISON OF ADJECTIVES. § 106. When a quality is ascribed to an object without any regard to other objects, the adjective stands in its fundamental form, called the positive degree ; as — ber SSlann ifl rcic^, the man is rich. 4cn 8R. if! cin reid^cr SStann, Mr N. is a rich man. When a quality is ascribed to an object in a comparative relation to other objects, or when different quahties, in com- parison with one another, are ascribed to the same object, the relation is either one of equality or of inequahty. The COMPARISON OP ADJECTIVB8. 91 relation of equality is indicated in German as well as in English by certain particles placed before the positive. For example : — J&crr 01. if^ fo reid? aH <^nx 3v Mr N. is as rich o* Mr Z. J&crr 0^. ifi ein cben fo rcidjer ^axm aU »&err 3v Mr N. is jtist as rich a man as Mr Z. dx ifl fo ebcl alS flug, he is as noble ^ fie n?afd^en jlc^, they wash themselves. J J Or in the perfect : — s^ ^ Sinp. idj \)aht mi(^ getraf^en, I have washed myself. Plur. mx \)aUn ung gctcafc^cn, we have washed our- selves, efen. 3)a ifi et felbet. 53Jtr babcn ti felbfi gefc^en. In cases where the English reflective pro- noun conveys at once an exclusive and reflective meaning, the word felbft is added to the reflective pronoun in German. For example: — ©rfenne fcicf) felbft, know thyself. Jpomer loergap fid^j felbft, Homer forgot himself. The word felbft is also used with an inclusive signification, and is trans- lated by ' even,' or by the pronouns ' myself, thyself, himself,' &c. In this sense it always has a subordinate accent. Examples: — @elbft ter JReic^fte ift nic^t chne ©orgen, even the richest, or the richest himself, is not without cares. SBanfen ouc^ bte SBerge felbft? do even the very mountains shake? § 117. The reflective pronouns of the plural — ung, euc^, jld^ — can also be employed when a reciprocal action between two or more subjects is to be expressed. For example : — 2Bir fa^cn unS befliirjt an, we looked at each other with surprise. 5)ie ^^Iprannen rcic^en fic^ bie «§anbc, the tyrants reach their hands to one another. This relation is more commonly expressed, however, by the indeclinable word einanber, especially if an ambiguity could possibly arise from the use of the reflective pronoims ; e.ff. — 5Bir [d^ci^en einanbfr, we esteem one another. @ie fennen cinaitbcr, they know each other; or with prepositions — 3Bir fc^reiben an einanber, we write to each other. @ie faf en ncbcn einanber, they sat beside each other. EXERCISE XXYIIl. I am washing myself. We shall wash ourselves. Wash thyself. He has cut' himself. I have wounded^ myself. You trouble^ yourself too much.* They are dressing^ them- selves. Dress yourself. Has she saved* herself? Have they saved themselves ? [The] man accustoms ^ himself to everything.® The earth ^ adorns ^^ itself with flowers. I have seen it myself. He must come himself. She will do it herself. Have you heard it yourself? Know^^ thyself. She speaks always ^^ of ^^ herself. The wisest^* himself can err.^* Even my^® best friends have forsaken ^7 mg v^e ' To cut, fdjneiben. ' To wound, terrounien. * To trouble, b emu^en._ ^ * Too much, gu fel^r. * To dress, anjie^cn or anfleiten. * To save, retten. . ' To accustom, geroo^rcn. ' To everything, an SllleS. • Earth, firte. ^ " To adorn, fdjmucfen. " To know, erfennen. " Always, immcr. " Of^ con. " Wise, weife. " To err, men. '• My (plur.), metne. " Tc Foraake, verlaffen. ELEMENTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. Omeet^® each other every day.*^ We wished each other a (good-night. They betrayed^ each other. They betrayed i themselves. We sat beside^* each other. *• To meet, trcffen or fcegegnen. acrrat^en. '' Beside, nefcen. " Every day, atlt Za^t. «• To betray, 1 < II. POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. § 118. The possessive pronouiis represent the object to ^ which they are joined, as being in the possession of one of ^ ^^^Vthe three persons — the person or persons speaking, spoken *^ ^ ' ^^ spoken of. They are formed from the genitive of the \ . ^ personid pronouns, the latter assuming the form of adjectives '} MASCUUNI. First Person, mtixi, Second ,< bein, meine, beine, feine, i^te, PLURAI.. NXUTMl. mcin, my. bein, thy. fein, his, its. i^r, her, its. First Person, unfer, unfere, unfer, our. Second „ euer, eure, euer, your. Third » x\x, ifere, i^r, their. (3^r, 3^re, 3^r, your when used to address one or more persons.) The possessive pronouns agree with the substantive which they qualify in gender, number, and case. They are declined after the strong declension of adjectives, but they have, like the indefinite article, no inflectional termination in the nominative singular masculine or in the nominative and accusative singular neuter. SINGULAR. „,„».. '1^ MABCVUSX. FmmiwB. WBUTKR. AJLLTHBiu eocDnuk Nom. mein. meme. mem, my ; meme, my. Gen. meineS, memet. meineS, of my ; meiner, of my. Dat. meinem, memer. meinem, to my ; meinen, to my. Ace. meincn, meme, mein, my ; meme, my. PRONOUNS. 99 Nou. As there are two pronouns for the third person singular — fctn and il^t — it, depends in every instance upon the gender of the antecedent, which of the two must be employed ; whilst the declension of the pronoun — that is., in what gender, number, and case it is to be put — depends upon the substantire which it precedes and qualifies. For example: — 3)ic >-8lume fiat i^ren fc^onen ®erud(> wcrloten, the flower has lost its fine smell. 3)te Slatut forbm unrntn^t^id} il^re fftedfyU, nature irresistibly demands it» (or her) rights. 35a« 5)orf mit (einen Sfroo^ncm, the village with t7* inhabitants. § 119. When the substantive which the possessive pronoun qualifies is omitted or understood, the pronoun takes either tJie weak or the strong declension throughout, according as the definite article precedes it or not. For instance : — 9Scin gc^ort biefcr «§ut? @e ifl nuhur, or bcrjnciju. To whom does this hat belong ? It is mme. id^t xi)m bein SBu(^, cr ^at f fined (or bag feine) Oerlegt, lend him thy book, he has mislaid his. Instead of bcr, bie, bag nxeine ; bcr, bic, bag fctne ; bet, bie, ba« imfcrc, (fee, the following forms are in Bftere-ordinary nse :-if2-<^^ywj2.^^ ber, bie, bag _metnig e^ mine ; ber, bie, bag unfrige, ours. .' beinige, thine ; - ., ,- eurige, yours. » « -/ feinige, his ; *. » .. i^tige, theirs. M ^ „ i^^rige, hers; » - „ (3^rige, yours.) They always have the definite article, and are accordingly declined after the weak declension. For example : — S^^eine ©efunb^eit ifl bauct^aftet ol8 bie feinigc, my health is stronger than his. 9Bir wol^nen in einem fremben «§aufe, mx ^aben baS un frige ijermict^et, we live in another person's house; we have let ours, or our own. Nota. When the possessive pronoun is the predicate of a sentence, the forms metn, ttin, fein, unfer, euer, i^r (without any change whatever), are also used. For instance: — 2Ba« fctcfrt 3tmm« ent^U, tfi mein, what this room contains, is mine. SMefer Slugcnblicf ifi bein, this moment is thine, or thy own, Jlein Jlaifer fann, toaS unfer tfi, loerfc^enfen, no emperor can give away what is ours. EXERCISE XXIX. My brother has lost^ his pocket-handkerchief.* My mother is visiting^ her sister in B. Hast thou spent* thy money ? * To lose, verlteren. ' Pocket-handkerchief, lafAentu*. • To visit, Wuctifn, * To spend, audqebcn. 100 ELEMENTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. I shall not attain* my object* My uncle ^ gives [to] his suns a good education.^ Where is your father's sister? Our tutor^ is an Englishnian.^^ We shall sell our horses. The children are [being] instructed" by^^ their governess.^' The flower has lost its fresh ^* colour.^* The river is navigable,^* for ^7 its bed^® is deep^^ and broad.^® Will you lend [to] me your grammar 1^^ I have mislaid ^^ mine. I have mislaid my German reading-book ;^^ lend [to] me yours. Their house is larger than ours. I prefer^* our house to theirs, Thy translation^* is more correct** than his. ' To attai^ crre^en. • Object, 3»erf.\ ^ Uncle, Onfel. " Education, (Srjtel^ung.^ • Tutor, J&au8U^rer.^ " Englishman, ©ngtAnt-er. " To instruct, unterri^ten; the prefix is inseparable. " By, son, with the dative. " Governess, ©rjtel^erin. " Fresh, frifdj. " Colour, Sarbc^T *' Navigable, fc^ipar. " For, benn. " Bed, Sett. " Deep, tit^^^ Broad, breit. " Grammar, ©rammatt!, f. " To mislay, tjevlegen. ^*^eading-book, Scfebuc^. ** To prefer, sorjiel^en. " Translation, Ueberfe^ung. / *' Correct, tt^jtig. ^ III. DBM0N8TRATIVE PRONOUNS. § 120. Demonstrative pronouns point to an object, and can all be used substantively as well as adjectively. There are six demonstrative pronouns ; namely — bet, We, l!a8, theahat.'^*^/^ t:^;5:^ / biefer, ticfe, bicfeS, this. 2, iener, jene, j;eneS, that, yon^ folc^er, fol^e, foId^eS, suchT S ierjenige, biejcnigc, bagfcntge, that.'^^y berfelbe, biefelbe, bagfelbe, the same, v „ They are declined as follows : — The declension of ber, bie, t>aQ, when used adjectively — that is, in an adjective connection with a substantive— is the same as that of the definite article. But when used sub- stantively — that is, got in an adjective connection with a substantive — it has the following enlarged forms : — Sing. Gen. beffen, bercn, befj|n, of that ; of him, of her, of it, Plur. Gen.iptxn, of) bercn, of those, of them. » £>at. benen^ to those, to them. The form beren, of them, in the genitive plural can be used PaOHOUKB. 101 only in the sense of the genitive plural of the third personal pronoun, i^rer. 2)icfer, jcner, and fold^er, are declined according to th« strong declension of adjectives. (Soldier occurs also with the definite article placed either before or after it : — cin folc^er, eine fold^e, ein folc^eg ; or [olc^ ein, folc^ cine, folc^ tin. In the former case, ein folder is declined Uke an adjective ; in the latter, fold^ remains unchanged. 2)erjenige and berfclbe are decUned like adjectives with the definite article : — SINGULAR. MASCULIKK. FEMININB, NKVTER. PLURAL. Norn Gen. Dat. Ace. . berjentge, bcSjenigcn, bcmienlgen, benjenigen, bieienige, berienigen, berienigen, bieienige. baSienige, berienigen, bemienigen, bagienige. bieienigen. berienigen. benienigen. bieienigen. Norn Gen. Dat. Ace. . berfelBe, begfelben, bemfelBen, benfeI6en, biefelbe, berfelben, berfelben, biefelbe. bagfelbe, begfelben, bemfelben, bagfelbe. biefelben. berfelben. benfelben. biefelben. The meaning of the six demonstratives is sufficiently apparent from the English equivalents given above. In regard to the two pronouns Jener and berienige, it should be observed that the former points to a particular or definite object distant from the speaker, whilst the latter does not point to a particular object, but to an object which requires to be defined by means of a relative clause or otherwise. For example:— 3 en eg «&auS ifi ju ijcrmieti^en, that (parti- cular) house is to be let. !I)agienige »&aii3; tt)d(^e|? auf ®afib; gebaut ifl, flei^t auf feinem fejien ®runbe,'tliat? fiouse whick is built upon sand, stands on no firm t'dundation.' •/• ,'^ \'^ )> ; 1. When the demonstrative '■ thal^ is joined to a preposition proper, its equivalent in German very often assumes the form of the adverb ba, or when the preposition begins with a vowel, of bar, and the preposition is annexed. But this takes place only if the notion of a thing (and not of a person) is expressed, and % at the same time, the pronoun is not joined with a substantive. Thus koburd^ is said for ' through that,' bamit for ' with that,' bafur for ' for that,' baSet for ' at that,' barin for ' in that,' barauf for ' upon that,' &e. For example : — Sd^ bin bafur i^erantnjortltc!^, I am responsible for that. 3(^ vo6.% nic^td bat>on. I know nothing of that 102 BLBMENTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. 5)atin]^aft bu JRec^t, in that you are right. 3c^ fiabe ntdjt t atari ^eta<^t, I did not think of that. In a similar position, the adverb t)iex in used instead of the neuter btcfe8, the preposition being annexed. For example : — <&t(ran erfennc tc^ t!^n, by this (or hereby) I know him. <&teriBon weii c That tree which® bears no fruit, will be cut down. [The] men commonly*^ hate" him (say, that one) whom*^ they fear.^3 Our garden is small, but that of our neighbour is smaller. Not every ** tree bears such fruit. Can you write with such pens ? Such a fault *^ is inexcusable.*^ I have j?ead the same story.*'^ AU newspapers **• report*® the same kccident§.^« 1 «,dJrte with the same request.** I shall be respQpsiblef^ for that (say, therefor). Have you heard of 4:^at;/,jSay, tS;eveo() J ^ By*^ this (say, hereby) you will (say, ' To break, §erBrcc^cn. ' I^okinf Ibcere, • " Geneva, ®enfa; see § 104. IV. INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. § 121. Interrogative pronouns inquire regarding an object There are four : — tter ? who ? traS? what? welc^er, trelc^e, njelc^efi ? which ? wag fur ein, eine, ein? what kind oft The declension of wer and njaS is as follows : — I Nom. xvtx ? who ? tttjaS ? what ? ' Gen. njcjfen ? whose ? ' naeffen ? of what ? I Dot. njem? to whom? i (dative is wanting). .^^W^A/itc*/ I Ace. njcn ? whom 1 ( wag ? what ? Neither totx nor toad has a plural. SBeld^er, t, c8, is declined like an adjective after the strong ^ declension. In voci^ fur ein. only ein is declined. Before / names of materials, and in the plural, ein is dropped, as in / tcagjur 5Bcin? what kind of wine? 5Ba8 fur ©lafet? / what kind of glasses ? Not*. 2Da< cannot be connected with a preposition; the adverb too is then used in its stead (or wot, if the preposition begin with a vowel), and th« preposition is annexed; as — toovon, of what; u>oburcl(^, throngh what; toomit, with what ; tuorin, m what ; roorauf, npon what. For example : — SBovon f»rad> ct? what did he speak of? 9Bomit fann id) 36nen btenen? with what can I serve yon? SB o tin Ifaht u^ gefel^It? in what have I done wrong? § 122. Both ton and ttjaS are substantive pronouns, whence they cannot be joined to a substantive. For example: — 9Ker ruft ^ulfe? who caUs for help? OBeffen »&anbfd^rift iji bie^? whose handwriting is* this? 5Cen meineu ,lefen foU. " Moselle, 3Wofetoetn. " By, mtt. " Train, 3ug (dat.)>v^" Evening-train, Slbcnbjug. " Crime, SSer* brec^en, n. " To commit, bege^en, " To tell, fagen. " Wood, ^olj. *• To want, tounfc|)en. V. RELATIVE PRONOUNS. ^^^^^ § 123. A relative pronoun puts an explanatory clause ic connection with another sentence. The German language uses in the sense of relatives three interrogative pronouns and one demonstrative ; namely — /irer, who ; ^ v-^t/^ \^^ PRONOUNS. 106 The declension of njer, njaS, and njeldjcr, is the same as W'hen these pronouns are used interrogatively ; and bet, otc, tai, is declined in the same manner as the demonstrative when used substantively, namely — SIMOVLAB.. PLURAL. j Nom. bet, bic, baS; bic. ' Gen. bcjTen, bercn, bcffen ; bcren. j Dot. bcm, bcr, bem ; bcncn. Ace. ben, bie, bag ; tie. § 124. 2Ber and njag are su bstantiv e pronouns, whence they c annot be referred to a noun or pers onal pronoun 5Ber, who, is equivalent lo * he who,' or ' the man who,' and traS, what, to * that which,' or ' the thing which.' For example: — $Ber nid^t l^oren n?iU, muf fu^len, who (or, he who) does not wish to hear, must feel. 9Ba§ bu l^eute t^un fannft, oerfc^iebe ni^i auf morgen, what (or, that which) thou canst do to-day, do not delay till to-morrow. § 125. 5BeIcl;er, ircld;e, iccld^co, and ber, bie, \i(\.^, on the other hand, are adjective pronouns, and agree in gender and number with the noun to which they refer. For example : — 3(^ fann ba6 93u(!^ nic^t finben, njeld^eS i^ 3^nen ju leil^en tjerfprad;, I cannot find the book which I promised to lend you. 2)er «&err, mit bem (Sie mi^ ^tvXi fa^en, ijl ein S'reunb mcineS 93aterS, the gentleman with whom you saw me to-day, is a friend of my father's. § 126. There is no_ ni aterial difference of signification between iteld^er, tueldje, treldjcS, and ber, bie, bag, and it must generally be decided by euphony or taste which shall be employed in any particular case. Under certain circum- stances, however, the requisite forms of bet, bie, ba§ , must be employed. This is especially the gase when the relative pro noun st ands i n thegenitive^in__English ' of w hich, of whom, whose .' For example :—^er «§ett, beffen *§aug ic^ gefauft ^abe, ifi auSijetranbert, the gentleman whose house I have bought, has emigrated. 2)ie 3Buc^et, bet en id? bebatf, flnb bejleUt juotben, the books which 1 require, have been ordered. 2)ie ®efc^ici>te, be ten Jtenntnif fo icid^tig ifi, history, the knowledge of which is so important. 106 KLEMENTA.RY GERMAN GRAMMAR. a^uS/T, EXERCISE XXXIL /^ '/"S , Who comes ^ too late,* must pay^ a fine.** Who does not obey* the laws,* is j)uni8hed^ by the authorities.* What you hear, is the truth.* Repeat^® what I have said. The shoemaker" who made (say, has made) these shoes, is a good worker.^* The governess ^^ who teaches** my sisters, is an Englishwoman," The world is a great stage,*' on**^ which every one'" plays his part.'* The goods **^ which you have ordered,^* will be shipped*"^ to-day. The vessel*^ in which your goods are shipped, will sail ** to-morrow.** Is F. the author^ whose works*'' are translated*® into English?** Mr O. is an eminent^ barrister,^* upon^* whose integrity^ you can rely.-^ The books which I require,^^ must be ordered^ from Leipzig.^ Mrs '^ S. is a singer^* whose voice*" is univei-sally*' admired.*^ ' Every relatire clatuse being dependent, the verb containing the assertion ia remored to the end (§ 29) ; aa — ' who too late comes ;' ' who the lawB not obeys.' ' Too late, }u fi)«iu • To pay, bejaBlen. * Fine, ©eltftrafe.'^ * To obey, ge^on^en ; goyems the dative. • Law, @ffe^. 0*1 ' To pnniah, befirafen. • By tiie anthoritiea, von fcer Obrigfht. • Truth, 2BaI)rbm.fj " To repeat, toiebct^olcn ; the prefix ia inseparable. " Shoe- maker, ©d^u^mad^cr. " Worker, 2lrbeitet. " Govemeas, ©rjtc^mn. '* Te teach, unttrnc|»ten. " Englishwoman, (5ngl4nfcmn. " Stage, SBiibne or/' ©djauhi^ne. " On, aitf, with the dative. '• Every one, Seber. , '* Part, JRoa«.6 *• Goods, SBaaren. " To order, befleaen. " To ship, t^crlaten. " Vessel, ®(^tff. '* To sail, in @ee ge^en. " To-morrow, morgen. «* Author, Sc^riftfiea«. " Work, OBfrf. " To transkte, uberfe^en ; the prefii is inseparable (§ 62, note). " Into English, iu'« ©nglifc^e. '• Emi- nent, aujgeici^net. '* Barrister, 9Hi9ofat. " Upon, auf. " Integrity, 9letltd()feit. J " To rely, rid) rertaffen. " To require, beburftn , governs the genitive. *• To order, rerfc^reiben. " From Leipzig, au8 8et»§tg. " Mrs, ^rcuu •• Singer, ®4ngcrin. *• Voice, ®timme. " Universally, oUgcmrin, ** To admire, bewunbenu VI. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. § 127. The indefinite pronouns speak of persons and things in an indefinite or general way. They have the nature of substantives, but can be used only in the singular number. Th6 following are of this description : — 3e»ermann, everybody ; Semanb, somebody, anybody ; PRONOUNS. lOT SRiemanb, nobody, not anybody ; man, one, people (the French ' on ') ; cttraS, something, anything ; nid^tg, nothing, not anything. 3cbcrmann takes g in the genitive— Sebetmann 8. Senianb and SRiemanb have in the genitive 3emanbe8, 0liemanbc8 ; in the dative, and sometimes in the accusative, Semanben, SRicmanben. Wtan, etwag, and nic^tg are indecUnable. The numeral @iner, some one, is often used, for 3emanb, and Reiner, no one, for 0liemanb. They are both declined after the strong declension of adjectives ; namely — gen. (5ine8, JteineS ; dat. (5inem, ^eincm ; ace. (Simn, Jteinen. Notet. 1. The indefinite possessive pronotm, correlative with man, is fetn, one's, and the indefinite reflective pronoun fid), one's self. For example: — SWan muf ouf feinet <&ut fetn, one must be on one's guard- SKan etfditet fiH. , 3uifer. • Sheets, a3ogen.Av " Paper, $ai?tct. " Yarjja, ®aen.^" Cloth, %nd^. 3^" Torequire, brauci^en. " Ounces, Uitjen^ " Pepper, $fejfet.At_ '• Case, JtiftcJ " To contain, ent^alten. " Bottles, glafc^en.JT '» Board, aBrctt.\ «• Feet, du9\ " Inches, SoU.\ " Apple, 2lpfeL V' Pear, JBtnit. / ** Two kinds of wine, jwcterlct SEBein. " Tenfold profit, je^nfa4>er ®e»tniu *• Four times, tietmal, 11. ORDINAL NUMERALS. § 130. The ordinal numerals, from gtrci to neunjc^n inclusive,, are formed from the cardinal numerals by adding t, and from jujangig upwards by adding fl. They are declined like adjectives. For 'the first' there is used the superlative ixt ilO BLBMEXTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. frfte, and for ' the third' bcr brittc. In compound numerals, the last only takes the termination of the ordinal. 1. b«, bie, baS erfle, the first. 2. giceitc, the second. 3. britte, the third. 4. uierte, the fourth. 6. funftc, the fifth. 6. fec^gtf, the sixth. 7. jlebente, the seyenth. 8. a^te, the eighth. 9. neunte, the ninth. 10. ge^nte, the tenth. 11. elfte, the eleventh. 12. jtrolfte, the twelfth. 13. btcijc^nte, the thirteenth. 14 Oierje^nte, the fourteenth. 15. funfjc^nte, the fifteenth, 1854. Three- fifths are wanting.^ ^ One-third of a hundredweight^^ is wanting. Half a pound o/meat. Haifa dozen ^^ o/ apricots." ' Frederick- William, 5ticbri^ 2Btl6elm. ' Was born, wurbe geboreiu * In the year, tm Sa^re. * To ascend, ht^txqcn. * Prussian, «JJreu|ltfcH>. ' Throne, iH&ron. ' On the, am. * June, 3unt. • May, OJtat ; use the accusative. " January, Sanuar. " To be wanting, feblen. " Hundred- weight, Sentna- " Dozen, S>UBent). n. " Apricot, SUmfofc. 112 ELEMENTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. 1 shall wait half an hour. We can reach ^^ the town in an hour and a half. The place ^* is three miles ^'' and a half from here.^® It is seven o'clock. It is half-past twelve. It is a quarter to nine. It is a quarter past eight. It wants ten minutes to five. It is six minutes past two. I rise*' at^ half-past six. The steam-boat*^ arrives** at a quarter to three. •• To reach, errMc^en. " Place, Ort. " Mile, mdU. " From here, »oii ^ter. " To rise, aufflc^en. *• At, urn. " Steam-boat, JDawujffc^iff. " To arrive, anfommen. III. INDEFINITE NUMERALS. § 133. The following words are comprised under the class of indefinite numerals : — ^' fein, fcine, fcin, no, not any. jebcr, t, eg, ) jegli^er, t, eg, v every, each. jebtreber, t, e§, j aUer, t, eg, all. manc^er, e, eg, many a, some. einige, \ some. ijiel, much, ttjenig, Uttle, few. These are all declined as adjectives, under certain restric- tions in some particular cases, which will be noticed in their proper places. § 134. Stm, feine, fein, no, not any, none, is declined after the strong declension of adjectives ; but, when followed by a noun, it loses, like the indefinite article ein, its termination in the nominative singular of the masculine, and in the nominative and accusative singular of the neuter gender. For example: — Jtein Srreunb, no friend. «§aben @ie fein ©elb? Have you no money? 0lein, ic!^ t)abt feineg (or fetng), no, I have none. @ie i)at feine ^inber, she has no children. Jteiner is also used substantively for 9liemanb, nobody, no person. (See § 127.) § 135. Seber, iebe, Jebeg, or with the indefinite article, etn leber, eine iebe, ein iebeg, is used both adjectively (' every, each') NUMERALS. 118 and substantiyely ('everybody'). It can only be employed in the singular number. For example: — 3ct>e8 JJanb \)at feine eigentfumlici^en ©cbrduc^e, every country has its peculiar customs. (Sin ieber ijl feineg ®lurfc6 @cf?micb, everybody is the artificer of his own fortune. Segli^er, t, e8, or ein ieglid^er, eine ieglic^e, ein ieglic^eS, and Jebwcber, c, cS, have the same meaning as Jeber, but are not so generally used. § 136. 5lUer, aUe, atteS, all, denotes number as well as quantity, and is used both adjectively and substantively. For example: — SSiUfommen njaren alle ©djte, all guests were welcome. 51 lie flnb fxani, all are ill. QllleS ®ell) ifl auSgegeben, all money has been spent. (5r njcif ^iUleS, he knows everything. The definite article, which in English is often placed between 'all' and the substantive, is not expressed in German, except when it has the force of a demonstrative pronoun. 51 He (gtnnjo^ner ber (Stabt Begleiteten feinc l&eic^f, adl the inhabitants of the town attended his funeral. MotA. (Hani, whole, difTers from aU, inasmuch as it expresses the complete and undivided state of an object, or of a unity consisting of parts, without m the least referring to the number of individual parts constituting ths whole. The English employ ' all ' as well as ' whole ' in this sense. For example: — ba« ganje ^aui, the whole house; tin gonje* 3a^r, a whole year; mrin g an jet Stbxptt, my whole body; bte ganje gamilte, all the family; ben ganjen {Eag, all day. Before proper names of countries aad places, when used without the definite article, gait} is not declined ; e. g. — ganj ©riec^cnlanb, all Greece; in ganj aBien, in all Vienna. § 137. SWanc^cr, mantle, mand^eS, many a, some, signifies an indefinite plurality. It is used both in the singular and 1 plural, with or without a substantive. For instance: — / 9)^anc^er STOenfd^ glauBt, or 3)?anc^er glaubt, many a one/ believes. SPJanc^e SD^enfc^cn bc^au^ten, or^Jlan^t bc^au)?tenJ many or some people assert. (&x \)at mandljcS Ungliia erfal^ren, he has met with many a misfortune. § 138. (Sinige, some, a few, signifies a small number of persons or things indefinitely, and is generally used in the plural, either with or without a substantive; as — einigc SKcnfc^cn or (Sinige bc^au^ten, some people, or some assert. When employed in the singular before names of materials And abstract nouns, it denotes an indefinite small quantity ; as— eittigtS ^t>li, some wood; einige •^offhung, some hope. 114 BLBMBNTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. The indefinite pronoun etttaS can also be used in this case ; as — etnjaS ®elb, some money; ettraS ©liicf, some luck. Stlici^e has much the same meaning as einigc, but is less common. h In familiar conversation, the word ireU^ct, e, e«, is not anfreqnently employed for the English ' some,' in reference to an object previously mentioned. For example: — ©« ift fein fRtxi im -^aufe, i(^ lutU wtii^tn fccfteUen, there is no rioe in the house, I am going to order some. § 139. ^icl, much, many, and tt?mig . little, few, denote, the former a large, and the latter a small number or quantity. When they refer to quantity, they are generally jifll declined; as in — er trinft »icl SBajfer, aber wcnig UBein, he drinks much water, but little ^^^^'a^j^!^J^9/ ^^ ^^® contrary, they pomt ou t a number, they areal'v^hy^Aieclined if used sub- itantively ; as in — 93icle itaren eingclaben tuorben, aber SBenige roawn gefommcn, many had been invited, but few had come. But if used"^a^ectively, they are son^etimes declined, some- times left uncteM^ed ; e.p. — er ^at ii^Ie greunbe, he haa many friends. QRol^ia^at nod^ »iel I5erbbi;gne ^reunbe, Mary «till has many secret fiWds. SSenige So^re fonnen 93iele« S>r ^dnbern, a few years can c. ^ ,^ @tunben fann bie SRa^rid^t " bsku be here. ige many fein, in a few 3n wenig rs the newf ! EXERCISE XXXYl. I have no money about me.* You must lose no tima n you lend [to] me some sealing-wax ?* No ; 1 have none,* I have many books, but he has none.* Every language has its beauties. Every science* has its principles.* We ^ observed 7 every one by turns." All men ^ are liable to error.^* '^ He lives at peace** with all men. All are lost. Who can know everything 1 All the country (say, the whole country) was ftill of his praise.** I have slept all night (say, the whole night). All Spain (say, whole Spain *^) took** arms ' About me, bet mk. ' Sone sealing-wax, ttnoji ©tegettacf. ' None, feini, n, * None, fetrt. plur. -* Science, SBiffenfc^aft. * Principle, ®runk. fa^. ' T« observe, ieobaittten, behind ; | fort, / ^^^^ » 116 BLBMBNTART OBRMAN GRAMMAR. rficfnjdrtg, backward ; UhtxaU, everywhere ; Oorwdrtg, forward ; irgenbnjo, anywhere ; feitwartg, aside ; nirgeub, nowhere, &c. rinaS, around ; Not*. ^n and ^in are frequently joined with prepositions or adverbs, to express at once the motion of an object, and the direction of the motion with regard to the position of the speaker. For example : — (5r lam ferauf, he came up, that is, to where I am. @r ging l^inauf, he went up, that is, away from where I am. @(\)tn @ie ]^tnau8, go out, away from me. itommen @tf ^etaut, come out, towards me. In the same way ^tnein and ^ecein, l^tnuitter and ^entntec, wo^in and toe^ct, and others are formed. EXERCISE XXXVII. Yonder dwells Mr H. There he is (say, is he) himself* Here is your account.* Come here (say, hither). Go there (say, thither). Come up.^ Go up.* We must go in.^ You must come in.' I shall go down stairs.^ Where did you see (say, have you seen) him 1 Whence® did he come ? Whither* did he go ? On the left is the dining-room ;^® on the right, a study.** The bedrooms** are up-stairs.*' He has beer everywhere. I cannot find him anywhere.** > See § 116, note. ' Account, JRedjnung. » Up, ^erauf. * Up, ^inauf. • In, l^tnetn. • In, ^crctn. ^ Down stairs, l^tnuntcr. * Whence, hjo6«. Separate voc and f^tx, and put ' did he come ' between. * Whither, wo^tiu Separate too and ()tn, and put ' did he go ' between. '** Dining-room, 6)5eifejimm«. " Study, @tuktrftube. " Bedroom, @ci)tafjtmm«. " Up- stairs, obctt. " Not anywhere, mrgenb. Arrange, *I can him nowhere find.' § 142. The following adverbs express time : — - bann, then ; — tmmer, always ; bamal^, at that time ; (lets, constantly ; wann, when ; ntc, 1 — i«|t, now, at present ; -^ ntemalS, > never ; ^ nun, now, under these nimmcr, J circumstances ; einjl, once ; — ticxt^n, before ; noti^, still, yet; -^nac^^er, afterwards ; "^ haVt>, soon ; _ fonfi, formerly ; -- frii^, early ; iig^er, hitherto ; ^ f^dt, late ; ▲ DTBRB8. 117 lange, long ; eBm, jnst, just now ; ge^rn, yesterday ; nculi^, lately ; iDorgeflcrn, the day before gugleid^, at the same time ; yesterday ; untevbeffen, in the meantime ; ^eute, to-day ; oft, often ; morgen, to-morrow ; felten, seldom, &c. fibermorgen, the day after to-morrow ; EXERCISE XXXVIII. When did it happen ? We are at present in mourning.^ What is now (that is, under these circumstances) to be doue?^ I shall afterwards examine^ the accounts. Mr A. was formerly a prosperous* man. You always guess ^ my intentions.* One never finds him (say, finds him never) at home. He is constantly travelling about.-^ Is she still aUve ?® He rises ^ early and goes to bed^® late. It will soon strike four. Have you already seen the new comedy ?^* It rained ^* yesterday and the day before yesterday. To-day the weather has improved.^^ Will you be at home to-morrow?** Visit me the day after to-morrow. The letter-box ** has just been closed.** Have you often been in Scotland ? *7 ^^^ gee each other very seldom. ' In mourning, in Ztauet.D * To be done, ju t^un. ' To examine, nac^fel^cn. * Prosperous, toopllfdbtrit. • To guess, ertat^en. Arrange, 'you guess always.' * Intention, Slbfld^t, f. ^ Travelling about, auf iRctfcn. « Alive, am SeBen. * To rise, aufflel^en. " To bed, ju Sett. Arrange, ' late to bed.' " Comedy, Sufift)tel.\ " To rain, tegnen. " To improve, jid^ beffem. Arrange, * to-day has itself the weather improved.' '* Arrange, ' will you to-morrow at home be ? ' " Letter-box, Stiff* fafien.^ '* To close, f4>Ue^ett. " Scotland, @c^ottlanb. § 143. The following adverbs, among many others, express manner : — fo, so, thus ; f^tiftUd?, by writing ; cBen fo, just as ; miinblic^, orally ; njie, as, how ; cibUc^, upon oath ; anbcrg, otherwise ; treuli^, faithfully ; OiigekltS, \ in ^aij, . Hinblingg, blindly ; umfong^ / ' fle^entlic^, suppliantly, . • Fast, fd^neEL " Of, won, with the dative. " Correctly, rt^jtiq. " To work, otbettcx " Diligently, flctptg. " Wind, 2Btnb. " To blow, we^cn. " Violently, ^efttg. " Translation, Uebcrfejung. " Carefully, forgfilrig. " Splendidly, ^jroti^twoa. *• To furnish, mobliren. " Parents, ©Item. " Desire to be remembered, loffen . . . grdf etf. " Graciously, gndbtg. § 145. The following adverbs express intensity : — (e^r, 1 , fafi, almost ; gar, j ^^^ ' beinal^e, nearly ; I'ogar, \ ^^^^ . faum, scarcely aud), j" ^'^"» t^ny^ only; rcdjt, right, very ; njcit, far ; bod^fi, most ; bei weitem, by far $ duf erjl, extremely ; gu, too ; uberauS, exceedingly ; einigerma^en, in some degree, &c. 180 BLEMBNTART OERMA.N GRAMMAR. EXERCISE XL. It is very improbable/ nay,* it is almost impossible.' I am extremely sorry.* We are exceedingly happy.* Our stores*' are nearly exhausted.^ I had almost forgotten it. I relate^ only what I have heard from others.* We have scarcely begun.^® You work too slowly. My father is far older than my mother. He has succeeded" in some degree. * Improbable, untt>a^rf(^einlic^. * Nay, nctn. • Impossible, unmogtt^. * I am sorry, eS t^ut mk . . . leik. » Happy, gtucfUdj. * Store, 33orrati ' To exhaust, erf(^o^>fen. * To relate, erjd^Icn. • From others, Mti anbem. " To begin, anfangcn, " He haa succeeded, e« ifi i^m . . lelungen. § 146. The following adverbs express mood — that is, affirmation, negation, possibihty, or necessity : — [a, yes ; feincSrcegS, by no means ; ia wo^I, yes, certainly ; gar nid^t, ) ,, ttjirfU^, really ; burdjaug nidjt, f * %tm% surely ; »ie(lcid)t, "j ffixrtaf)x, \ , . m% V perhaps ; »a^rIl^,P"'^^' etnja, j ^vcax, i it is true, certainly, n?a!^rfd)einlid^, probably; freilid^, f indeed (concessive) ; burd?au6, I oh^nliit«lv . nein, no ; fc^Iec^tcrbingg, f ^^^^^^^^^^ » nid^t, not ; allcrbingS, by all means, aax. ' Uncle, On!cl. ^ Gold (adjective), golkcn. « Niece, S^ltc^te. » Noon, a)?Utag. '• Obligation, aSerbinbtici^Ieit, " Benefactor, JBo^ltl^dta. " Troops, 3;tu»»en. " To ftdvanoa, wttAdm. swims a^inst the stream.^ v The ivy ^* winds ^^ [itself] roimd'^^ Ii82 ELEMENTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. write with steel-pens ?^* The war^^ was [being] carried on ^® Be Pa dii frc ret bo yo COT go at "J »»I asei •»£ »r «» infl bny gol« He tOP8 fBert adva &nst thfe stream.^V The ivy ^^ winds ^« [itself] roierfd' ^ , the tree. Our holidays ^7 begin ^^ about Whitsuntide.^^ The ^^^ sun sets^*^ to-day at^* six o'clock. S-^^ ^ '* Stream, @trpm. " Ivy, ©»^eu, m. '« To wind one's self, fid; fc^ldngeUu*^^^ " Holidays, Seiten. '* To begin, anfancjen. " Whitsuntide, 5pfingfteiu / *• To set, untergc^en ; the prefix is separable. '' At, um. — , § 150. The following seven genuine prepositions sometimes govern the dative, and sometimes the accusative : the former, when they denote rest, or being in a place ; and the latter, when they denote motion. For example : — 2)ag SBilb ^dngt on ber SBanb, the picture hangs on the wall. 3c^ ^angc bag Bilb an bie SBanb, I hang the picture up on the wall. 2)a8 9Budj liegt auf bem X\\^t, the book lies upon the table. Sd) ^abc bag 33uc^ auf ben %\\^ gclegt, I have put the book upon the table. an, on, at. auf, upon (on the top or surface). ^jinter, behind. ^^■"^^^ubtx, over, abovB, beyond ; about, concerning, unter, under, below, beneath ; among. Ijor, before, ago ^ -^EXERCISK XLIV. ^ London lies on the Thames.^ I sat on the bank* of the river. Move^ the table to (say, on) the wall.* I have pnt^ the inkstand* upon the table. The newspaper lies upon the table. The light-house ^ stands upon the top^ of the rock.* Sit down^^ upon the chair." The village lies behind the hill.^* Place''' yourself behind me. Is Mr M. in the dining- room?^* No, he is gone into the garden. I stayed ^^ three days at (say, in) Weimar. She poured^* wine into the glass. A dark '7 cloud ^® hovers'^ over that mountain. The ' Thames, 3:&emfe, f. ' Bank, Ufer. » To move, riicfcn. * Wall, SBatrt. * To put, fe^en. ' Inkstand, iCtntenfaf . ^ Light-house, Seuc^ttl^utm. » Top, ©pi^c. » Rock, gelfcn. » To sit down, fid; fc^en. " Chair, @t»6L " HiU, ^ugcl. " To place, fieaen. " Dining-room, @f jtmmer. " To stay, fl(^ auf^olten. '* To pour, gicf en. " Dark, bunfeL " Cloud, SBMt, ^^ To hover, fd^tteben. , Id4 BLBMBNTARY QBRIIAN OBAMMAE. branches 2^ of the trees grow over the garden- wall,*^ The horse leaped^ over the hedge.^ The battle^* lasted** upwards of (say, over) twelve hours. A bridge** was [being] thrown^ across*® the river. I have spoken with my father about *^ our journey. The dog hes under the chair. The dog creeps^ under the chair. He is a wolf^^ among the sheep. The booty 3* was [being] divided^ among the soldiers.^ A little garden is before the house. The crimi- nals^ were [being] brought before the judge.^ Before my departure ^7 to France, I have (say, have I) still many things^ to arrange.^^ The castle was [being] built three hundred years ago (say, before three hundred years*®). •• Branch, 3n)Ctg. " Garden-wall, ©artenmauer. " To leap, fei^en. ** Hedge, ^ccfe. '* Battle, Sdjlac^t. " To last, taucrn. '• Bridge, ©rude. " To throw, fd(>lagen. ** Across, fiber. " About, fiber, with tiaa •ccnsative. »• To creep, friec^en. " Wolf, ffiolf. " Booty, JBeute. •' To divide, X)txtf)tHtn. " Soldiers, ©oltaten. ** Criminal, iCcrbte4>«t. •• Judge, 9iicl(jter. " Departure, 'ilbretfe ; use the dative. " Still many things, noc^ SSicIcS. " To arrange, ju bcfcrgen. ** Dative. II. SPURIOUS PREPOSITIONS. iti ve V— § 161. The following govern the genitive' fiatt or an(iatt, ins tead of. (auf cr'^altj, without, on the outside of. inner^aI6, within. oBer^alB, above. unterl^alB, below. N^ C biegfeit or bieSfcitg, on this side of. ^ ** j ienfeit or {enfcitg, on the other side of. j I wegen, on account of (preceding or following the case). / / ^alSen or !^al6cr, on account of (follows the case). f / urn . . . widen, for the sake of (the case being inserted between urn and ttitten^- fraft, by virtue of. »erm6cje, by virtue of. laut, conformably to. jjermitteljl, by means of. un^ea^tct, notwithstanding (preceding or following the case). ^' S2& in spite of (is used also with the dative), unwett or unfwcn, not far from. ^ ^ ^ pREPOsmoNft. 126 njd^renb, during. IdngS, along (is used also with the dative), gufolge, according to (either precedes or follows the noun ; in the latter case it governs the dative). EXERCISE XLV. I transmit^ a copy* of the certificate^ instead of the original.* Our cousin lives out of [the] town on this side of the river above the bridge. We inhabit^ a small country- house^ on the other side of the Elbe. On account of the important 7 services* which he has rendered^ to the state, ^® a considerable^^ pension^* has been granted ^^ to him. The militia '* has been called out *^ on account of the impending ^* war. For the sake of peace,''' I renounce^® my claims. Three sailors ^^ reached^ the shore*' by means of a boat.'^ In spite of his illness*^ he is (say, is he) always cheerful.*^ Notwithstanding the darkness*^ of the night we found (say, found we) our (say, the) way. During my absence^ my book-keeper *7 will (say, will my book-keeper) take charge*® of the business. * To transmit, uberfenten ; the prefix is inaeparable. ' Copy, 21Bfc^rtft, t • Certificate, 3eugntB. * Original, Original, n. * To inhabit, bewo^nen. ' Small country-house, 8ant)^4u«4)en. ^ Important, tridjtig. • Senrice, )Dien^ • To render, leifien. " State, @taat. " Considerable, tefccutcitt. " Pension, ©natenge^alt, n., or $enjlon, f. " To grant, bewtHigen, Arrange, ' has to him a considerable pension granted been.' ** Militia, Sanbtoe^r, f. " To call out, jufammen bcrufen. '• Impending, beDrrftebenl^ " Peace, 5rteke. " I renounce my claims, begeSc id> mic^ meiner 2lnfjjriu^e. '• Sailor, QKatrofe. " To reach, fXTcic^fn. " Shore, Ufft. " Boat, JBoot. ** llhiess, ifranf^eit. " Cheerful, Ijeitcr. " Darkness, JDunfcl^eit. " Absence, abicefcn^at. " Book-keeper, ©u4>baU«. " Take charge of the business, \>ai (^iefc^&ft ful^ren. § 152. The following spurious prepositions govern the dative : — binnen, within (in regard to time only). gegcnCiber, opposite (is put after the case). geind^, according to, agreeably to (usually follows the ndct)fl, next to. nebfi, along with. fammt, together with. feit, since. juwiber, contrary to (is put after the case). 126 BLBMBKTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. EXERCISE XLYI. I hope to be able to pay^ the account within six months. The apothecary's shop* is opposite the town-hall.^ One must always act* according to [the] reason.^ Messrs* M. and N. have, next to Mr B., the most extensive'^ publishing business^ in Leipzig. He has sold his house along with the shop.^ She has bequeathed ^^ the house together with all that is in it^^ to her nephew.^* Since the first of January ^^ we have (say, have we) had very unsettled^* weather. That is contrary to [the] sound ^^ reason. ' To be able to pay, beja^len ju fonnen ; goes to the end. * Apothe- cary's shop, 2U)ot]^efe. ' Town-hall, JRatJ^^auj. * To act, banteln, * I^eason, SSernunft, f. * Messrs, ktc •&enen. ' Extensive, auggete^nt. * Publishing business, aSerlagggefdjdft. ' Shop, 8aben. " To bequeath, •etmat^en. " That is in it, xtxiA borin tfi. " Nephew, Sleffe. " January, danuor. " Unaettled, unbefidnbig. " Sound, gefunb. § 163. The following three govern the accusative : — bis, till, as far as (is used both with regard to place and time), entlang, along (generally follows the noun), o^ne, without (is the opposite of mit). Mote. St« is frequently joined to another preposition; as — V\i ju ft^tdneii gmil^tt, mored eyeu to tears; V\i auf btefen ^ag, up to this day; bie in ben %clt, or bt« jum 3:obe, even to death; bt8 jum ®nbe bc« Jla>)itel«, down to the end of the chapter; V\l an bte ®tabtt^ote, as far as the gates of the town; SlQe bit auf etnen, all except one. § 154. The following two govern sometimes the dative and aometimes the accusative, according as they denote rest or motion ; namely — ^LfifecB, beside. nuifrfien, between, betwixt. EXERCISE XLVII. They have put oflf* their departure* till next week. We ■hall go (say, travel) by (say, with) the steam-boat as far as (say, till) Mannheim. I walked^ along the river as far as^ ' To put off; ; and ; R j«ab<(n, but (puts one ^ thought in opposition to $* another thought, which 5 is denied) ; ? t>o4 ) "^ bennoc^, > yet, still ; f lebod?, J inbeffen, however ; fonfl, else, otherwise ; J ^wk, for ; > ba^^ct, therefore ; co-ordinative conjunctions on that account ; begttjegen barum p ber, o r ; enttrcber . . . ober, either ... or; wcber . . . noc^, neither . . . nor ; fonjol^l . . . al8, as well as, both . . . and ; t^eile . . . t^eil8, partly . . partly; balb . . . balb, now . . . then ; sometimes . . . sometimes. 138 BLKMBNTARY GERMAN QRAMM 90^ § 167. Most co-ordinative conjunctions have the nature of adverbs, and therefore usually affect thei structure of a sentence in the same manner as adverbs.^ Accordingly, if the conjunction is placed before the subject and the word containing the assertion, the order of the latter is inverted ; e.g. — i(j^ Hn franf, bcS^alb fann tc^ nid^t auSge^cn, I am ill, on that account I cannot go out. But the 'pure' con- junctions unb, a6cr, aUcin, fonbem, obtr, benn, exercise no influence vrhatever upon the arrangement of a sentence. EXERCISE XLVIIL [The] prosperity^ gains ^ friends, and [the] adversity* tries* them. Mrs L. has invited* us to* a party,'' but we have not been able® to accept^ her invitation.^® These Idiers have not served" in the infantry,^^ but in the cavalry.^' He has attained^* all his wishes,^* and yet he is (say, is he) not satisfied.^* Thou must be saving,^^ else thou wilt (say, wilt thou) one day^® suffer want.'* I shall take an umbrella,^ for it is going ^' to rain. My father has sprained*^^ his right hand (say, to himself the right hand), therefore he cannot (say, can he not) write. Our physician ^^ has advised [to] him to keep the roomj^** on that account he will (say, will he) not go out^* to-day. Mr ]S[. is either in the counting-house^ or in the warehouse.^ He can neither speak nor hear. He writes French as well as German with eat ease.2® He speaks now the one language, then the er (say, now the one, then the other language) with astonishing^* fluency.^ He has been educated^* partly in France, partly in Germany. * Adversity, Unglurf. * T« ' Party, ©efcUfc^afi. • See ^ Prosperity, ®lu(f. • To gain, crwerBcn. try, prufen. • To inyite, Htten. " To, ju. § 68, note. • To accept, anne^men. " Invitation, ©inlobung. " To serve, bicneiu " Infantry, 3nfantme. " Cavalry, Cawilme. " To attain, erretdjen. " Wish, SBunfc^. " Satisfied, jufricten. " Saving, fparfam. " One day, ctnfi. *• To suffer want, SQianget Icitcn. ^ Umbrella, Slegenfc^trm. " It is going to rain, e« njtll regneiu " To sprain, ©ermifctt. *• Physician, ?Ujt. '* To keep the room, ba« Simmer ju ^uten. " To go out, au«gel^en. * To-day ' comes before * not.' *• CountJ ng-house, CSomptcit, n. ** Warehouse, ©pcic^ct or S'lietcrlage. ** Ease, gertigfeit, *• Artouishing, «flounlic|>. •• Fluency, ®el4ttflgfett. " To educate, etjtel^ep COirjUNCTIONS. 129 § 158. The following subordinative conjunctions occur in ordinary use : — 't)a% that ; bamit, in order that ; ob, whether ; al8, when, as ; njcnn, if, when, whenever ; n?d^renb, whilst ; inbem, while, as ; fo langc, as long as ; nad)bem, after; ti)t, before, ere ; ["'- i since; feitbem, j 6i§, till ; fo balb (alg), as soon as ; ba, as, since (denotes time as well as cause) ; n?eil, because ; voit, as (comparing) ; "If"''' la^if; aU n?enn, j obgleic^, obfc^on, obnjo^I, j- although. wenn andt), njcnn gUic^, with regard to the conjunctions al8 and wtrm, it should be observed, that ali is used when a single definite past event is referred to ; but that roenn is employed to point out some indefinite or habitual occurrence, either in the past, or in the present, or in the future. For example : — 2118 ic^ metncn greunt befudjte, fanb \i^ it}n ftanf, when I called upon my friend, I found him ill. SEBenn bet grunting bcgtnnt, U^ten tie ©c^roalben jurucf, when spring begins, the swallows return. @onfl, ttjenn ter 93atct tuSjog, liebe Jlinter, ta hjat ein Srcuen, wenn er roietcrfam, formerly, when your father went from home, dear children, there was rejoicing when he returned. § 159. As every clause which has a subordinative con- junction is of a subordinate or dependent nature, the verb is usually removed to the end, according to § 29. If the verb consists of two or more words, the inflected part goes even after the participle and infinitive. For example : — S'^id^bcm id^ metnen greunb befucijt ^attc, after I had called upon my friend. 2Benn cr nid^t ^u *^aufc fcin folltc, if he should not be at home. § 160. When a dependent clause is put before the leading or principal one, the latter commonly assumes the inverted form — that is, the subject is j)laced after the word containing the assertion. For example :— SRadjbem i^ meinen f^reunb 6efud?t ^atte, moc^tc id; einen @^ajier_gang, after I had called upon my friend, 1 took a walk. 5)a§ er ni^t ju J&aufc fein njurbe, Ijatte ic^ erwartet, that he would not be at home, I had expected. 130 ELEMENTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. § 161. When a clause expressing a condition and beginning with ttjenn, if, precedes the principal clause to which it is made subordinate, the latter is not only put in the inverted form, but generally commences with the adverb fo, which may be rendered in English by 'then.' For example:— SScnn ein 9ling bric^t, fo brid^t tie ganjc Jtette, if one Unk breaks, (then) the whole chain breaks. The same construc- tion is also often employed when a clause expressing a cause, and beginning with the conjunction ha, as, or a clause expressing a concession, and having one of the conjunctions obgleid^, obfd^on, &c., is made to precede the principal clause. In the latter case, the adverb bod? or bennod?, yet, still, is inserted. For example: — I) a er cin Stonier ift, fo mu^ et bie fpanif^e (Sprac^e oerjie^cn, as he is a Spaniard, he must understand the Spanish language. Obgleid? ba§ ^Better ungunjiifj njor, [o reif'te cr boc^ ah, although the weather was unfavourable, yet he set out. § 162. Clauses expressing a condition frequently assume the inverted form, the conjunction n?enn being dropped ; as--.^dtte id) Qdt gc^abt, fo njurbe ic^ gefommen fein, had I had time, I should have come. Concessive clauses, also, are sometimes put in the inverted form, the first member of the concessive conjunction being dropped, while the second member (glcid? or oud?) is inserted ; as — 5Bdre ba§ SSettci auc^ ungunflig getrefen, fo trurbcn mx bennort; abgereif't fein, although the weather had been unfavourable, still we should have set out. EXERCISE XLIX. They say (say, one says) that a war has broken out.* I shall warn^ him of^ the danger, in order that he may not rush* into it blindly.* I do not know whether the man has been acquitted.^ It struck seven when we arrived at L. When I awoke,^ I saw my friend standing (say, stand) before me. Every year, when the shooting-season^ begins, ' To break out, auSbred^en ; use the coryunctive. * To warn, aufmcrffam mac^en. • Of, auf, with the accusative. * To rush into it, fi(^ ^inein* flurjen ; use the conjunctive. * Blindly, bltnblinga. • To acquit, freif^rcr^cn. ' To awake, mtac^ien. • Shooting-Beason, 3agt>j«t. iirrxajBCTioNS. 131 we go for^ a few months to Scotland. If we act against [the] conscience,^® [then] we become the destroyers" of our own peace. lie slept, whilst I was reading. She went up the stair,^^ leaning (say, while ^^ she leant ^'*) upon my arm. We shall remain in [the] town, as long as the bad weather continues.^^ After it has lightened,^^ it thunders, ^^ We had (say, were) arrived ^^ at our journey's end,^^ before the yun set.2® Since there are^^ railroads, there are also more travellers.^^ Wait, till 1 have finished ^^ my work.^"* As soon as we received the news,^^ we ordered ^^ post-horses.^ As the railway-train had been detained ^^ by (say, through) an accident,^^ [so] the letters arrived^ three hours later than iisual.^^ The snow^^ melts,^ because it rains. He speaks, as he thinks. He looks,** as if he had^^ no good conscience. Although his situation^ is very lucrative,^^ yet he is going to (say, will) give^^ it up, as his health^^ has suffered from excessive work.**® The soldiers did not murmur/^ although they had to endure'*^ many hardships.'*^ ^ For, auf, with the accusative. '• Conscience, ©ewiffen, n. " Destroyer, Serflorcr. " Up the stair, tie %nxive ^tuauf. " \\Tiile, intern. " To lean, fic^ fifteen. '* To continue, an^alten. '* To lighten, bitten. " To thunder, tonncrn. '* To arrive, antangen. " At our journey's end, am 3if( unfrcr 9teifc. " To set, untergc&cn. ^' There are, e« giebt. ^ More travellers, mcbr Sietfcnte. " To finish, beentigcn. " Work, 5lrbfit, f. " News, ^lac^tic^t, f. " To order, bcfieUcn. " Post-horse, qSoftpfeit. " To detain, aurlalten. " Accident, Unglucfgfall. '" To arrive, anfoin« men. " Usual, gewcbnlicJj. " Snow, 8djnec. " To melt, fdjnieljcn. ** To look, au^fcficn. " Use the conditional of the present. ^* Situation, ^ttUt. " Lucrative, cintrAglic^. " To give up, aufgeben. " Health, ©efunl^eit. " From excessive work, fcurdl) ubermlanb. Exercise 4. — Your* daughter hears us.' The teacher has worked ^ the whole evening.'* My mother has praised me, but she has blamed ^ my sister. Had they not built a new church ?^ Where does your uncle live ^ (say, lives your uncle) ? He lives now 8 in the country.^ He lived formerly i'* in the town.^^ I shall ask him why i* he laughs. He would still be alive ^^ if he had followed ^* my advice. ^^ Would your parents ^^ have be- lieved 17 it 1^ if you had said it ? Does he say (say, Says he) that he has learnt 1^ German and Italian? 20 Has thy friend '^^ Eliza- beth said anything ? 22 No, she has said nothing.^3 • Your (/.), S^re. 2 xjg, unS. » To work, arbetten. * The whole evening {ace. of time), ben ganjen 2lbcnb. * To blame, tabeln. • A new church, einc ncue Sixxcfyt. 'To live (to dwell), tuot^nen. "Now, je^t. * In the country, auf bent Sanbe. " Fonnerly, fonfl. " In the town, in ber ®tabt. "Why, irarum. "To be alive, leben. "My advice (ace), meinen Siatf). " Followed, beful^t. " Your parents, S^re ©Uern. *' To beHeve, glauben. " It, e8. *" Use the perfect conjunctive. *• German and ItaUan, iDeutfci^ unb Stalicnifdj. " Thy friend (/.), beine gteunbin. ^^ Anything, et»a3. ^'Nothing, nid^tS. Exercise 5. — It was raining this morning;^ is it raining yet? I had counted upon him ; -^ I have been ^ wrong.* Do not wait for me.^ We believed ^ you.' How long have you been waiting for my master ? ^ It has lightened ^ the whole evening. ^"^ I would 134 ELEMENTARY GERMAN GRAMMAS. bathe ^^ if the weather were warm and fine. Do not chatter !• so much. How 13 has she spelt ^^ that word?^^ These two gentlemen ^^ have married ^"^ sisters. ^^ How much ^^ does she earn weekly ? ^^ Strike ^^ the iron while it is hot. 'This morning (ace. of time), bicfen 2)iorgen, or l^'cittc movijcn. ^Upon him, auf xt)n. ^ Say, I have had. * Wrong, Unrest. * For me, auf mid^. * To believe, glaubcn. ^ You (say, to you), 3I;nen. * For my master, auf meinen Scorer. • To lighten, bli^tn. '^ The whole evening (ace. o/* by their intecjrity.n He died as a hero.i'' Have the thieves i' stolen all 1* his 1^ money and his pocket-book ?i' She always spoils my pleasure.!^ How much 1^ is this coin 1* worth ? You would [to yourself] ^ not have taken that liberty ^1 if he had come. ' With fluency, mit ®cl4ufigfett, or geldufig. ^ gay, to his servant, feinem Diener. * This glass, biefeS &lai. * Easily, leiv1?t. ^ Himself, jidj. 'To you; 3l)nen. ^Say, to him. i^m. 'If you can, njenn @ie fonnen. • Two hours, jttei (Btuncen. " Our esteem, unfere 'iJc^tun^ ADDITIONAL EXERCISES. 136 ^ By their integrity, fcurd^ il^re 3fictnd)fctt. " As a hero, Vtie ein ^elt. "The thieves, btc 2)icbe. "All, all. "His, fcin. "Pocket-book, Za^d^cnivLd). " Always my pleasure, mit immer taS si^etgnugen. ^ How much, trie oict. '* This coin, bicfe a)iunje. *" To yourself, ftc^. " That liberty (or, freedom), bicfe 8reil;eit. Exercise 8.— It was freezing again.i The wine is ferment- ing already. 2 Have you bent this tree? 3 Lift* this stone.^ He loses no opportunity.^ Have you weighed the parcel? His hand 7 is swollen. They would have deceived me,^ The butter 9 is melting very fast,i'* and will boil soon." Has the girl 12 told a He ? No, she never ^^ tells lies. They have sworn to speak the truth.^* The servant (/.) 1* has not milked the cows 1^ yet. The English ^^ fought bravely. How many birds ^* has he shot ? When ^^ shaU you remove 20 to Berlin ? ^i 'Again, njteter. '^Already, fc^on. 'This tree (ace), ttcfen SBaum. *Use the second person singular. ^This stone (ace), ttefen @tein. 'No opportunity, !etne ®elegcnl;eit. 7 His hand, feinc <&anfc, * Me, mtd^. 'The butter, tie JSutter. "Very fast, fe^r fd^nelt. " Soon, balb (say, will soon boil). " The gkl, iai ^U:\td)cn. " Never, ntemal8 (put 'never' last). " To speak the truth, bic aGBa^t^eit ?u fagen. " The servant (/.), bie m^agb. "The cows, bie StU^i. "The English, bic ©ngldnber. "How many burds, me »iele SSogel. "When, luann. *"To remove, jiel^en. "To Berlin, naify SSaltn. Exercise 9. — What books ^ were you reading? We are reading the books [which 2] he has given 3 us.* He asks you for permission * to read ^ Walter Scott's works.' We stepped into the shop^ and saw beautiful goods.^ The queen i° sat on her throne.ii Step nearer,^' I do not see you.^^ gas he forgotten his promise.1* This poor woman i** asked me for a piece i* of bread. She ate it,!' ^nd thanked me ^^ with tears in her (say, the) eyes.!^ The cat'^ has eaten the large piece '^i of meat. I am happy,22 for 23 my mother has (say, is) quite 2* recovered. The accident-^ would not have (say, be) happened if he had been here, 'What books, hjelc^e SSud^ier. ^ Which, irctd^e. 'Say, which he ns ^ven has. '' Us, un3. * For permission, urn drlauBnif. • To read, ju lefen : say, Walter Scott's works to read. ' Works, SCerfe. ' Into the ihop, in ben Saben. • Beautiful goods, fc^one SQBaaren. " The queen, bie Rcnigin. " On her throne, auf il^rem 2^rone. '* Nearer, nd{;er. " Say, I see you (@te) not. "His promise, fcin 95erf)5re(^en. "This poor woman, ttefe arme grau. "For a piece, urn ein ©tudt. "It, ei. '* Thanked me, banfte mit. " With tears in her eyes, mit Si^rcinen in ben ?lugfn. "The cat, bie Jfa^e. "The large piece, iai grofe xdc QJiaufc. ' In their house, in xi)xcm. >&aufe. ' Too fast, ju ic^mil. * On his head, auf ten Stcpf. * Too long, ju lange. * To write to Mr S., an -^cnn @. ju fdjreiben. ' Too little, gu ttjenig. ' He must, er mu^. * Say, unwell be. " Unwell, unn)ot)t. " To school, in bie @d^utc. *^The servant (male), ber !Dicncr. "Earlier, fru^et. "To return, jutucf fcmmen. "Very soon, fel;r hciii. "This leg of mutton, fctcfe -^ammelfeute. " Very well, fcl^r gut. " To deliver, l^alten. '* Lectures, SSorlefungcn. ^''In our town, in unferer @tabt. '^'Any, reeldje. ^^ Edinburgh, ®btnburg. ^' Where, tuoljin, " This picture, biefeS SSilb. " This mirror (ace), bicfen @)3iegel. '^^ In the dining-room, in ben ©^jcifefaal (or in iai ©^jimmer, or ®)3eifejimmer). Exercise 13. — That tree^ grows on the side of rivers.^ It^ bears beautiful blossom.'* Has the baker ^ baked the bread ?^ I shall bake a cake ^ if you ^ are good.^ [The] apple-trees ^^ in that country 11 grow very slowly.12 The name^^ of that old family 1* stands above the door.i^ He was standing before me 1^ and struck the poor boy.i'^ God^^ has created [the] heaven 1* and [the] earth.20 We ride,2i but we would drive if the roads ^^ were better. 23 That woman ^^ washed your handkerchiefs,25 and carried them^^ to your house. ^ Had it struck four 28 when^^ you saw them ? ^o * That tree, btefer SBaum. ^ On the side of rivers, an Sluffen. * It (wi.), er. * Beautiful blossom, f(I;one JBliit^en. *The baker, ber SBflrfcr. • The bread, ba« aSrob. ^A cake (ace), einen Stnd)tn. * Use i^x (2d pers. pi). * Good, arttg. '" The apple-trees, bie 2lpfel6(iume. " In that country, in btcfem Sanbe. " Very slowly, fcl^r langfam. " The name, bet 91ame. " Of that old family, btefer atten Samilte. " Above the door, uBcr ber Jlpre. " Before me, vor mir. " The poor boy (ace), ben armen J?naben. ** God, ®ott. " The heaven (ace), ben ^tmmet. 2" The earth, tie @rbe. **To ride, retten. "The roads, bie SBege. " Better, beffer. ** That woman, biefe Srau. ^ Your handkerchiefs, 3f)re Jlafc^entuc^er. *'Them, fie. "To your house, nad^ 3l;rem ^aufc. ''^Four, »ier. *'When, at3. "Say, when you them saw (to see, $ 61). Exercise 14. — What do you think of it?i He knows the names ^ of aU flowers ^ which * I have brought.* Bring some dry wood ; ^ this ^ does not burn. I have known that physician.* He was very celebrated ; ^ everybody knew him and named him the father of the poor.i^ The light ^ was burning on my table 1^ when I arrived. li* Who^* knows if 1^ he will escape?!^ Do you know why he comes ? He did it out of esteem i' for you.^^ He sent that letter three weeks ago.i^ If I did 20 it, would you punish ^1 me ? I would name them 22 by their Christian names.^ * Of it, bo»on. ■' The names, bie Seamen. * Of all flowers, aUn 138 JfiLEMENTARf GERMAN GRAMMAR. 93(umcn. * Which, iDetdjc. * Say, which I brought have. • Some dry wood, tvodemi <5otj. ^ This, ticfe^. * That physician (^acc.\ biefen 2lrjt. " Celebrated, Bcviil^mt. " Of the poor, bcr 5lvmcn. " The light, ta8 ixd}t. " On my table, aiif meinem Z\](!^t. " When I arrived, aii id) anfam. " Who, iver. " If (interrog.), ob. " To escape, entfommcii. '^ Out of esteem, au8 2ld()tung. " For you, fur @ic. " Three weeks ago, tox brei SBocJ;cn. ^^ Use the present conditional. ^* To punish, Beftvafcn. '^^Them, fie. "By their Christian names, bet it;ren *-i)ornamcn. ^ Exercise 15. — We dare not admit ^ hira; he would make - everybody laugh.^ Could you easily translate* your history? She dares eat no strawberries ; ^ the doctor ** does not allow '' it. Can you tell [to] me in what street ^ he lives. ^ Sophia ^^ would shew it to us ^^ if she could find it again.^2 Thou art to ^^ learn two pages 1* in thy spelling-book,^^ and thy brother three.^^ He was bound ^'^ to find his mistake.^^ I have wanted ^^ to visit him, but I have never been able to find time. We should like ^^ to take the stage-coach ; ^i we would travel slower.*^ xX * To admit, julaffen. '^ To make (to cause), macfjen (to be put last). * To laugh, (aci;en, "^To translate, uScrfe§en. * Strawberries, ©rtbeeren. * The doctor, ter 2lrjt. ^ To allow, evlauben. ' In what street, in vocl^tt ©trafc. "To live, n>ol)ncn. "Sophia, ©cvbte. "To us, nni. >'To tind again, njicterfiutcn. " Use follcn. '* Two pages, givei ®etten. " In thy spelling-book, au8 fceincr Sibcl. "' Three, tret. " Use miiffeit. ** His mistake (ace), fctnen Svrtbum. " Use ttjolleit. ^° Use the condi- tional of mogeti. *^ The stage-coach (ace), ten ©itoagen. *^ Slower, laitgfamcr. ExEPCiSE 16. — That book is (being) much ^ read. It will soon be translated 2 into German.^ Two lighthouses^ have been built ^ last year.^ That large estate ^ was bought by the queen.* Such dresses^ are [being] very much wom^** now. The Heidelberg castle ^^ is [being] visited every year by thousands. ^^ The five ])ounds ^^ which had been lost, have been found by my friend Edward.^* Mount Etna^^ has been ascended ^^ three times 17 by that gentleman. ^^ He spoke so loud^^ that he cotdd be heard by everybody. They would have been beaten ^^ by the enemy, if the Prussian troops ^^ had (say, Mere) not arrived.^^ ' Much, t)itl. 'To translate, tiberfe^en. 'Into German, tn8 Tcutfd^e. * Two lighthouses, jtcet Seud^ttl^iirme. * To build, bauen. • Last year, vortijcJ 3af)r. ^ That large estate, ktefeS gro^e ?anfcgut. ^ By the queen, tton ber Jtontgtn. *Such dresses, folc^e Jvlciter. "To wear, tragen. "The Heidelberg castle, ta8 •^etbelberger iEd;lcp. "By thousands, »on ilaufenten. " The five pounds, tie fttnf 5Pfunt. " By my friend Edward, tjott meinem Sreunbe ®tiiart. " Moimt Etna, ter ©tmt. " To ascend, befteigen. " Three times, tretmal. '® By that gentleman, \3on ttefem ^errn. " So loud, fo laut. ^' To beat, fc^lajen. '* The Prussian troops, lie i)rf upifc^tn %xu)p)ptn. " Arrived ( participle), angelangt. ADDITIONAL EXERCISES. 139 Exercise 17. — He will deceive ^ you before' you notice' it. They Lave probably ^ misunderstood ° your friend. Why do yon always sell your houses ? Command ; ^ I will obey ^ [to] you. Who [has] discovered America ? ^ You discovered your mistake * too late. Do not contradict ^^ [to] me ; I will not suffer ^^ it. Would he have divided ^2 that sum of money ^^ if he had been ablf '•* to do otherwise ?^^ That young lady^^ has abused my patience 17 and disregarded my advice. He could ^^ not do it without ^^ abusing your kindness. * To deceive, tctrugcn. ' Before (conjunction'), bettor. ' To notice, bemcrfen. ■* Probably, ival^rfcfjeinUcJj. * To misunderstand, mtf «crflct)cu. ®To command, bcicl;len (use the second person plural). ^ To obey, gedcidjen * America, 2lmertfa. 'Your mistake (ace), 3I;rcn Svrt^um. " To contradict, mitcrfpiedjen. " To suffer, kibcn. ^^ To divide, i5er» tficilcn. "That sum of money, tiefc ©elfcfummc. "See note, p. 48. '* Otherwise, anbetS. "That young lady, ticfeS Srautcin. "My patience, meine ®ctulb. " Use the conditional. " Without abusing ; say, with- out your kindness to abuse (without... to, ol;ne,..ju). ExERCTSE 18. — Why do you shut the windows ? ^ Open them.2 Begin your letter.^ We shall set out to-morrow. "* He arrived at nine o'clock.^ Come in ^ and take off your boots. ^ Put on^ your slippers.^ Go out and shut the garden door.^^ How much 11 does his cousin i' William spend ? You sleep ^^ too long ; 1^ get up. We dine i^ earlier i^ than i^ you. Had she given up 18 her intention. 1* I translate every day 2° two pages. '^i The post-horse ^ has (say, is) run away yesterday.^^ Listen to ^ his lectures.2* I ferry him over every morning. 26 •The windows, tic Scnfler. 'Them, fic. 'Your letter (ace), Sfiren aSrief. * To-morrow, motgcn. *At nine o'clock, um neun Uf)r. 'To come in, l^creintommen. ^Your boots, S^re ©ttefel. *To put on, anjie^^en. "Your slippers, S^re $antoffcIn. "The garden door, tie ®artcntl;iire. " How much, mie mel. " His cousin, fein SScttcr. " To sleep, fc^Iafen. " Too long, gu lange. " To dine, gu mittag ®ffcu. " Earlier, frii^er, " Than, a\i. " To give up, aufgebcn. " Her inten- tion, tfire Sibftdjt. *" Every day (ace. of time), jcfcen Sag, " Two pages, jtrei ®etten. "The post-horse, tai ^}ojl))fctt. *^ Yesterday, geftern. "To listen to, anl^oren. ^His lectures, feine SBcrlefungen. "Every morning (ace), icten QJiorgen, Exercise 19. — The days are becoming i shorter.^ I re- mained ^ three nights in* the town. My mother's sisters are all^ dead.6 Here are fine' cows and oxen. These forests belong 8 to the prince.^ Look for i^ thy reading-book ; is it not on ^1 the table ? How many 12 rooms have you in your house 1^ ? We have ten i"* rooms. These pictures are too dear ; 1^ do not buy them.!*^ My brothers-in-law have taught i^ the count's sons. They say tJiat these towns have i^ been taken by i' the enemy. 140 ELEMENTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. Have you many flowers in your garden ? 20 I shall receive from 21 my mother a dozen 22 pocket-handkerchiefs and some pretty ^3 ribbons. Where does he keep ^^ his dogs 'i * To become, hjcrbcn. ^ Shorter, f urjct ' To remain, btct6cn. * In, in, with the dative. 'All (jiom. plur.'j, ade. *Dead, tot-t. ^Fine (nom. phr.), [c^onc. 'To belong, gcI;oren. "Use Surft. '*To look for, fudjen. " On, auf (with the dative). ^^ How many, tote -oxtk. " Use the dative. "Ten, je^n. "Too dear, ju tr)cuer. "Them, Tie. " Taught, unterrtdfjtct. " Use the conjunctive, '^ By, x>on (with the dative). '"Use the dative. ^i pj-om, wn (with the dative). "A dozen, citt 2)u§eitb. ^s Pretty (ace. plur.\ l;ub[c()e. ** To keep, I;altcit. Exercise 20. — These women were quite ^ moved.^ Do you find the fruit ^ as good as * last year ? ^ The weather was splendid ; ^ the birds sang ^ in the forests.^ The streets were fulP of people. i^' The sign-boards of these shops are beauti- fully 11 painted. Order 12 a goose and two hares. Do you know 13 these Prussians and Danes ? The prince's ^^ palace has been built two years ago.^^ These gentlemen had danced with 1^ your sisters. This news^-^ was false. ^^ This newspaper gives very seldom ^^ authentic news.2<> You should 21 thank [to] that gentleman. Has (say, is) he gone into the house 22 or into the garden ? ^^ What ^ peoples inhabit ^^ those countries ? ' Quite, ganj. ^ Moved, gerul;rt. ' The fruit, baS £)6fi. * As good as, fo gut tote. * Last year, »origc8 Sa'^r. * Splendid, i5rad)t»on. ^ To sing, fingcit. ' Use the dative, • Full, ttott. ** Of people, looit Seuten, " Beautifully, f^iott, " To order, bepellen. " To know, feitneu. " Use ^Jrinj. " Two years ago, loor jtoet Sa^ren. " With, niit (with the dative). " This news, btefe SRac^rtc^t. *' False, falfc^. *' Seldom, felten. *" Authentic news, toa^re SJ^adjrt^ten. ^ Use follett, ^"^ Use the accusa- tive, ^' What {nom. plur.), Wtii^e. ^ To inhabit, betoo^neit. Exercise 21. — The banks will be open^ to-morrow,2 for' it is no holiday. Those trades-people had shops in* several'' towns. I admire that thought ; it ^ shows "^ the kindness of his ^ heart. We have seen that lady ; do you know ^ her ^^ name ? Write this word in large letters.^! From^^ which i^ gardener has he bought these laurels ? Bring him his slippers ; you will find themi* under 1^ the bed. He spoke those words with much difiiculty,^^ and died. How many words shall ^^ we learn? Have you shut the shutters ? They sat on the garden-seats ^^ and enjoyed ^^ the calm 20 of the evening. ' Open, offeit. ' To-morrow, morgcn (say, to-morrow open). ' For (conjunction), bcnn, * Use the dative. * Several (dative), me^rcren. * It (m,), er, ^ To show, jcigcn. ' His, fcki (use the genitive). • To know, toiffeit. " Her, il)r (use the accusative). " Use the dative. " From, loon (with the dative). " Which, tocld^jer (use the dative). '* Them, fte. " Under, unter (with the dative). " With much diflBculty, ADDITIONAL EXERCISES. 141 mtt gwf ft Wl^t. " Use, foUen. " The garden seat, bte ®arten6anf. '• To enjoy, geniepen. ^^ The calm, bte ©title. Exercise 22. — Romei has had kings, consuls, and em- perors.^ [The] diamonds and rubies are precious stones.^ The students like ^ their ^ professors. Almost all ^ professors of the university are very celebrated.^ He wrote that book on^ the gospels shortly^ after ^^ his appointment ^^ as ^2 bishop. How many consonants does the word Paris contain ? ^^ Three. This history of the popes is very well ^^ written, and remains ^^ the best ^6 [that] ^^ we have. Do you not admire the beauty,!^ the sublimity ^^ of this psalm? Hannibal 2*^ used^i numerous-^ elephants in ^3 the war ^^ against '^^ the Romans. ^^ * Rome, 9tom. ' The emperor, fccr Jlatfer. ' The precious stone, bet ©belftetn. * To like, gem ^ben (put gem at the end of the sentence). * Their (pi), tl;re. *A11 (nom. pi.), alk. ^Celebrated, beru^mt. *0n, u6er, with the accusative. ® Shortly, furj. ^^ After, nci^ (with the dative). "The appointment, fcie 5lnftelhmg. ^^As, aU. ''To contain, ent^atten. "Very well, fetjr gut. "Remains, tft nod) immer. '«The best (/em.), bte beftc. "That C/em.), tBcldje. '"The beauty, bte ©d^on^eit. ''The sublimity, bte ©r^aben^cit. ^"Hannibal, Cannibal. '""To use, gebraudjen. "Numerous (ace. pi), jal^fretd^c. "Use the dative. ^*The war, ber JJtieg. "Against, gegcn (with the accusative). ^* The Roman, ber JRomer. Exercise 23. — London is situated 1 on - the Thames.' Frankfort-on-the-Main* is richer than* Frankfort-on-the- Oder.** The lakes'" of [the] Switzerland are charming. Have you known Mary's ^ father ? The Alps ^ are the highest ^^ moun- tains of Europe.^i The population of Metz^-' consists of^^ French 1* and Germans.^* Frederick's and Elizabeth's parents shall arrive 1^ the day after to-morrow. ^^ Is English ^^ [being] spoken in all parts ^^ of America? We have translated the epistles of Cicero and the history of [the] Tacitus.^" He has got ^1 better "'-^ news ^^ from -^ his friend Charles. * To be situated, (iegen. ^ On, an, with the dative. ' The Thames, tie flfiemfe. * Frankfort-on-the-Main, Sranffuvt am Tlciin. * Richer than, reirf)cr alS. ®0n-the-0der, an ber Dber. ^The lake, ber @ee. « Mary, aJiavic. *The Alps, bte 5llpen. "The highest (pi), bte Ijodjften. "Europe, ©uro^ja. '- Metz, 9Jie^. "To consist of, bfftel;en au3 (with the dative). " The Frenchman, ber Sranjofe. " The German, ber 2)eutfd)C. " To arrive, antommen. " The day after to-morrow, uber* moi-gen. "English, US ©ngtifc^e. ''The part, ber Xi)cit ^''Tacitus, ^lacituS. ^^ To get, bctommen. " Better (ace. pi), beffere. ^^ News, use the plural of (bte) ^a(i)xid^t. ^' From, •oon, with the dative. Exercise 24. — Good milk^ {nom.). Bad^ milk {ace). Of "^ the good milk- To the bad milk. Large lions. ^ Of fine ligns 142 ELEMENTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. The fine lions. Of clean * water.^ TTie kindness of the celebrated® Franklin J We have had a beautiful evening.' They will occupy^ the best ^^ places. ^^ Does her youngest ^^ son go to ^3 Paris ? In spite ^^ of his long illness,^^ he has ^® been able ^^ to finish 1^ his work.^^ The first rules ^^ are very easy. 21 Old wines are always dear."-^' Have you seen the large casks in^^ the castle ? He has paid ^* [to] me a long visit. -^ The dog followed 26 [to] these poor women. Has he brought ^ my new ^ shoes ? 29 'The milk, bte mH^. 'Bad, fdjlec^t. 'The lion, ter gofte. * Clean, rein. * The water, lai 2Caffcr. * Celebrated, bcti\\)mt. * Franklin, Sranftin. 'The evening, ter 2lbfnb. *To occupy, befe^cn. '•Best, befic. "The place, ter $la^. "Youngest, iungftc. "To, nai^. " In spite, tro^ (with the genitive). " The illness, tie J?tanf:^eit. "Say, has he. "To be able, fonnen (see note, p. 48). "To finish, beentigcn. "The work, tie Slrbcit. ^oxhe rule, bte JRegel. ''Easy, tetdjt. ^' Dear, tl^euer. *' Use the dative. " To pay (a visit), madjen. "The visit, fcer JBefudj. '"To follow, folgen. "To bring, bvingen. ** New, neu. '* The shoe, ber @c()U^. Exercise 25. — Have the judges 1 granted ^ [to] him the be- queathed ^ sums? Repeated^ misfortunes^ have destroyed ^ all his hopes. '^ The mother of the rescued (saved) ^ sailor ^ has (say, is) arrived yesterday. The acquitted ^^ prefect ^^ and his sons shall set out ^^ for ^^ Paris. The lost things (objects) i^ have been found in^*^ an adjoining room. We are to^** helpi? [to] the poor 18 and visit ^^ the sick. Almost everybody follows 20 now [to] the Paris or London fashions. The impend- ing 21 war2s will certainly 23 last24 long. The Frankfort fair has lost very much of^ its 26 importance.27 Do you like 28 Vienna beer ? 'The judge, ber 9iicfjter. 'To grant, betuiUtgen. 'To bequeath, locrinac^en. * Repeated, iDiebev'^olt. ' Misfortunes, UnglurfgfaUe. * To destroy, jevflinen. ^ The hope, tic JSoffnung. *To save, retten. 'The sailor, ber QJJatrofe. "Acquitted, frci^cfproc^en. "The prefect, ber $rafeft. "To set out, abretfen. "For, nac^. '*The object, ber ©egenftanb. '* Use the dative. '*We are to, use fotlcn. "To help, l;elfen. '• Use the plural. " To visit, befuc^cn. '<• Follows, virf^tet fic^ nad^ (with the dative). " Impending, bet5orflet;enb. " The war, ber Stxitq. " Certainly, [idjcr. '* To last, baucvn. ** Of, wn (with the dative). '" Its (/e?n.), i^re. '^ The importance, bie SB id^tivjfett. "To like, gem trinfcn. Exercise 26. — This gentleman is not so eminent ^ as his sister. Are you as old as your friend Mr M. ? I have shot 2 to- day a larger stag^ than last week. [The] iron* is the most useful ^ metal,^ much "^ more useful than [the] lead.^ This rose ^ is the finest iu i** the whole ^^ garden. His oldest child could i' ADDITIONAL EXERCISES. 143 be ^3 five years ^* old, the youngest no more than two." Frederick is more clever ^^ than wise.'' I hope^* you will tind a better room^^ in 2*^ our street.^i This letter is extremely important.^ I have got ^^ fewer invitations ^^ than usual.^^ * Eminent, auSgejctci^jnct. 'To shoot, fdjtefen. 'The stag, ter -^irfd^. ♦The iron, iai ©tfen. 'Useful, nii^ticfj. •The metal, baS detail. ^Much, Mel. 'The lead, ba3 JBlct. »The rose, btc JRofc. "Use the dative. "Whole, ganj. "Use mogen. "Put be after old. "Five years, funf 3a!^re. "Two, jttjet. "Clever, ftug. "Wise, tuetfc. '* To hope, l^offcn. " The room, laS 3immer. ^ Use the dative. " Our street, unfere @tra^e. " Important, tvtdjttg. " To get, befommen. ^*The invitation, bit ©intatung. " Usual, gcnjol^ntid;. ExEBCiSE 27. — He wounded 1 me and her. I use ^ that book ; do you use it also ?' Give me the seal.^ I do not know ^ where it is. We shall not forsake ^ him. Has his uncle helped ^ [to] you ? We thanked [to] them for ^ the sealing- wax.^ I shall always think (remember) 1° of him. Can ^^ she tell [to] me where he is sitting ? ^ No, but, I can tell [it to] you, miss. Have they spoken ^^ of it (say, thereof) ? We have often worked ^* for him ; he always gave us more than our wages.^^ You shall think ^^ of it,^' but it will be too late.^^ Were you satisfied with it (say, therewith) ? 'To wound, ticrnjunten. 'To use, gebrauc^cn. 'Also, audj. *The seal, iai 5petfdjaft. 'To know, hjiffcn. ®To fersake, certaffcn. ^To help, '^clfen. ' For, fur (with the accusative). * The sealing-wax, iaS ©tegeflacf . " To remember, getenfcn. " Use fijnnen. " To be sitting, fi^en. " To speak, fpredjen. " To work, arbetten. " Our wages, unfcr 8ot;n. " To think, benfen. " Of it (with benfen), baran. " Too late, ju fpAt. Exercise 28. — They conduct ^ themselves very badly.^ Does she coi)duct herself better ?3 Conduct thyself well.* I applied^ myself to learn ^ it. You have improved ' [yourself] very much.^ I have recollected ^ [myself to] it.^*^ Recollect [yourselves to] it. We can rely ^^ [ourselves] upon it.^^ Do not accustom yourself to it.^3 They will betray^* one another. We avoid ^^ one another. These gentlemen ^^ have changed ^^ [themselves] lately ^^ very much.^ They say ^^ he has ^o done ^i it himself. Even his sons would have forsaken him. Will they sit beside each other ? We meet ^ one another every morning. 2-* Have they spoken ^^ against ^^ each other ? ' To conduct one's self, ftd() betragcn. ' Badly, fd(>tc(^t. ' Better, beffcr. * Well, gut. ' To apply one's self, fidj beflcipcn. ' To learn, ju Icrncn. ^ To hn prove, ftd) beffern. ' Very much, fel^r. * To recollect, ftcl(j ertnnern. " To it, baran (or beffen, of it). " To rely, ftd) verlaffen, " Upon it, barauf. '^ To it, baran. '* To betray, vcrrat^^en. " To avoid, mctben. '* The gentleman, ber -^err. " To change, fid; anbern. " Lately, in bet U^ten 3cit. " They say, man fagt. *" Use the conjunctive. *' To do, 144 ELEMENTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. t^un. **To meet, trcffen. "Every morning, {tUn QJZorgen. '*To speak, ^xt^tn. "Against, gegen. Exercise 29. — My grandfather ^ has fine flowers in his garden.' This tree has lost all ^ its leaves.* Lend [to] me thy pencil ; ^ I have forgotten mine. We have let our house, and you have sold yours. Every age^ has its joys'^ and its sorrows.^ What 'you see here (say, here see) is mine, and you have no right to take ^^ it (say, it to take). Your grapes ^^ are not as ripe ^^ as ours. At what time^^ does she expect i* her guests ?^^ At about eight o'clock.^^ •Grandfather, ©ro^vater. 'Use the dative. »A11, ailt. *The leaf, bas a3(att. * The pencil, bcr ffiletflift. « Every age, icteS Sitter. ^ The joy, bie Sreube. * Sorrows, Setten. * What, tvai. " To take, gu nt^men. " Grapes, ffieintrauben. ^^ Ripe, retf. ^^ At what time, um t»tciDtel U^r. " To expect, etwarten. " The guest, bet (Baft. " About eight o'clock, ge^en oc^t U(;r. Exercise 30. — This one has been (say, has had) wrong.^ We praise 2 this girl, and blame ^ that. I prefer* this flower to that. Does she understand^ that? Can you sing these songs ? ® Who live^ in those houses ?8 This poplar'* is less high than those [which] we have just i" seen. His mother has given ^i [to] him this beautiful ring.^^ j gjiall write it to you if I recollect it.^^ He (say, that one) who works ^* learns,^** and is [being] praised. These are important ^^ privileges. ^^ Has he reminded ^^ you of your promise ? ^^ No, he has not reminded me of it. I thank [to you] for it (say, therefor). ' Wrong, Unvcdjt. ^ To praise, loBcn. ' To blame, tabcln. * To prefer, loorjte^en (see p. 82, § 96). ' To understand, »eiftcl;eu. * The song, baS Sieb. 7 To Uve, tvol;iien. *Use the dative. ^The poplar, bte 5|^appct, '*Ju8t, ebcn. "To give, fc^enfen. "The ring, ber 9iing. "Use the genitive. '* To work, arbcitcn. " To learn, lernen. ** Important, tDid^tig. " The privilege, baS 33orrccijt. " To remind of, ctinnern an, with the accusative. •* The promise, ba3 a5eri>red;cn. Exercise 31. — Who says so?i Who was knocking? To whom does this house belong ? ^ (say, belongs this house ?) Whom did they strike ? ^ (say, have they struck ?) Whose fault * is it ? Whom does she call?^ Whose dagger ^ was it? What kind of wine do you like best ?^ What kind of book do you read now ? Which promise ^ has ever ' been more solemn ? ^^ What is more beautiful than to die^^ for^^ the freedom ^^ of one's country ?i* Of ^' which orator ^^ were you speaking ? In what (say, whereat, woran) do you find anything ^^ to praise ? ^^ I can tell you easily ^^ what (say, whereat) you are thinking 20 of. Go and tell him what I mean. •So, e8 (it). 'To belong, get;oren. 'To strike, fc^Iagen. ''Fault, Seller. * To call, tufen. ' Dagger, 5)o^. ^ I like best, ic^ brinle am ADDITIONAL EXERCISES. 146 fteBflen. • The promise, ba« 95etf|)red()en, 'Ever, [tmaU. " Solemn, ftxnVxd). " To die, ju fierben (put it at the end of sentence). " For, fur, with the accusative. " The freedom, fctc Sretl^ett. " One's country, fetn SSatertanb. '*0f, »on, with the dative. *^The orator, fccr Oiebner. "Anything, ctrcag. " To praise, tobcn. " Easily, tetc^t. "o Jq thin^^ tenje^^ Exercise 32. — Tlie barns which you see in this street* belonged ^ to this peasant. He who works diligently ' learns a great deal.^ He who is modest is liked ^ by everybody.* Tell us what she has done. The children whose tutor ^ I knew are now in Geneva ; they are learning French there.^ I lost the parcel^ in which ^^ I had put ^^ my blue ribbons. The apricots which you have bought are not ripe yet. The gentleman from ^^ whom you got 13 these presents has died.^* The mother whose children are good ^^ is always happy. What you have ordered ^^ has not arrived yet. The merchants of ^^ whose kindness you often speak are the count's ^^ nephews.^^ * In this street, in biefer ©trafie. ^ To belong, ge'^oren. ' Diligently, flet^tg. * A great deal, \if)x vicl. • Passive of (icben, to love, to hke. ® By everybody, von Seterniann. ^ Tutor, J&augle^rer. • There, koit (to be placed before French). * The parcel, baS Q3acf et. " In which, in meldjeS. "To put, t^un. "From, ton, governing the dative. "To get, befotnmen. " To die, fterben (say, is dead). " Good (well- behaved), artig. "To order, beflettcn. "Of, »on. "The count, bet ®raf. >* The nephew, bcr 9Zeffe. Exercise 33. — Everybody observed * it with great interest. He receives ^ everybody with kindness.^ He related * to every- body that he had composed^ a beautiful song,*' but nobody believed ^ it. I know ^ nobody in ^ the whole i° town. One must apply one's self ^^ if one wishes ^^ to learn. We must give him something before ^^ he goes. If you see anybody, inform ^^ me immediately. 1'^ She is very dangerously ^^ ill ; they despair (say, one despairs) ^^ of her recovery. ^^ Eat something yet ; you have a long^^ way*^" before you.^^ One must do^s one's duty 23 on 2^ every occasion. ^^ One thinks of ^ one's self more than of one's neighbour. ^To observe, becbad()ten. 'To receive, em^jfangen. 'Kindness, ®ftte. * To relate, erjvil)leii. * To compose, comj3ontren. ^ The song, taS Sieb. ^To believe, gtauben. **To know, fennen. 'in, with the dative. '° Whole, ganj. " To apply one's self, fidj befleifen. '* To wish, tcoCletx. '^ Before, e^c. " To inform, bcnad;iid)tigeii. " Immediately, fogleic^. '* Dangerously, gcfflt)vlid>. '' To despair of, verjU'eifctn an, with the dative. '* The recovery, bte ©cnefung. '* Long, we'xt. ^^ The road, bcr aSeg. 21 Before you, tcr fidj. ^^ To do, tr;un. " The duty, bte ^Jflic^t. ^* On, bci, with the dative. ^' The occasion, tie ©elegen^eit. ^* To think of, tcnfen an, with the accusative. J 146 ELEMENTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. Exercise 34.-2. 7. 11. 23. 34. 41. 55. 68. 77. 83. 99. 107. 138. 185. 201. 555. 1883. 4749. 50,711. 5,277,910. How many ^ mistakes ^ have you made ? Five, and Henry ^ has only* made one. Our town has over ^ 250,000 inhabitants.^ We must read "^ quicker ; ^ we have still * twenty pages to ^^ read. Send [to] me ten pounds of coffee, five pounds of flour,ii and one pound of salt.i^ They cannot do it ; ^^ they have tried ^^ three times in vain.^* My room^^ is fifteen feet long and thirteen broad. We sell only three kinds of beer.^^ Come at^^ eleven o'clock ; 19 I will be at home.^" ' How many, tote ttielc. ^ The mistake, bcr de^Uv. ' Henry, ^dntxd}. * Only, nur. ' Over, uUx. * The inhabitant, ber ©intro^ncr. ^ To read, lefen. •Quick, fd^nell. •Still, noc^. "To, ju. "Flour, ^t\)l ^ Salt, @at§. " I cannot do it, tdj tann ti nidjt tl^un. " To try, tjerfud^jen. " In vain, »ergetien8. '* The room, iai 3tmmet. '^ Beer, JBier. " At, urn. ^' O'clock, Itl^r. *• At home, ju -§aufe. Exercise 35. — Napoleon ^ the First was born in the year 1 769, and died on the fifth of May^ 1S21. Where is that street? It is the third to the left.^ Who is the first of the class •^ to-day ? Charles ; he is for the ^ third time [the] first. We shall not be done ^ before ^ an hour and a half (say, hours) ; do not wait for ^ us. The banks * shut ^^ at half-past three ; you have then still ^^ half an hour. Two-thirds of the candidates,!^ that is ^^ 45^ have passed 1* the last examination.^^ We shall buy a pound of cherries and half a dozen of oranges.^^ Their swords '^ were three and a half feet long. That old lead^^ weighs ^^ over^ three-quarters of a hundredweight. He came every day^i at five minutes past one. * Napoleon, 0ia)5oteon. ' May, SWai. » To the left, mO) Itnf«. * The class, tie Stla^t. ^Say, to the, jum (= ju bem). 'To be done, ferttg fettt. ' Before, «or, with the dative. ' For, auf, with the accusative. • The banks, see § 88. *• To shut, fc^Uepcn. " Still, nodj. '■^ Of the candidates, bcr Jtantttaten. " That is, or namely, nflnilidj. " To pass, bcfictjcn. " The examination, lie $nifung. '® The orange, bte 2H)fc(ftne. " The sword, lai ^d^tvevt. " [The] lead, bag aSlct. '" To weigh, trtcgen '• Over, uber. *' Every day (^ucc. of time), jeben Za^. Exercise 36. — We have no opportunity ^ to see him.2 They had really^ no luck.^ You could render ** [to] him no greater service. This book has no title-page ; ^ have you torn it out ? ^ Every village in the neighbourhood ^ of this town has suffered' very much. In all Edinburgh I know (say, know I) no better man. Do everything in its proper time.^*' We have printed '^ many a book about ^^ art ^^ and science. ^^ Many a one recollects yet [of] the first speeches ^^ of these statesmen. ^^^ Has she not too little patience !7 withes j^gj. children? He wrote many a comedy,^' but none was accepted 20 by the directors 21 of this theatre. ADDITIONAL EXERCISES. 147 * The opportunity, bte ©elcgen^eit. ^ To see him, il^n ju fel^en. • Really, totrflid^. * The luck, iaS ®lud. ' To render a service, einen JDienfl erttjeifen. 'The title-page, tai ZiUlUatt. ^To tear out, t;erau«rct^cit. * The neighbourhood, tie llmgegenb (use the dative). • To suffer, leiben. '" In its proper time, jur red(>ten 3cit. " To print, trucfen. ^^ About, nhtv. ■' Art, Jlunft. '■* Science, 2BifTcnfc^aft. " The speech, tic Shit. " See p. 78, note. "Patience, (AJebulb. ^* With, mit, with the dative. ^'The comedy, ba3 Suftf^jiel. ^"To accept, annc^men. ^^The director, bcr ^Director (use the dative). Exercise 37. — Where do you see it ? Yonder in the garden.^ Everywhere the winter will (say, will the winter ^) be very cold. Come here ; you will hear ^ better.'* This dictionary ^ is not good ; these three words ^ are^ not in it (say, within). Go in; you will find him in ^ his room. Are they away already ? (put away last). Yes, now^ they go (say, go they) away at^^ seven o'clock. ^^ Have you left^^ your book outside ?i3 We have got two bed- rooms down-stairs, and four up-stairs. The bath-room ^^ is also up-stairs, and to the front.^'' When does he come back? Come out ; the sun ^^ is so warm. ' Use the dative. '^The winter, bcr SBiutcr. 'To hear, '^oren. * Better, Oeffer. * The dictionary, bag aCovterbudj (lit. book of words). * The word, ba8 2Gort (see § 88). ^ Are, ftnb or ftel;en. * In, auf, with the dative. 'Now, jegt. ^'At, urn. "O'clock, Uf)r. "To leave, kffeit. '^Outside, braufen. "The bath-room, baS JBabejtmmcr. "To the front, na^) corn. " The sun, bie @onne. Exercise 38. — At that time many ^ emigrated 2 (say, emigrated many) to ^ America. I met * him afterwards very seldom. She has always lived ^ very extravagantly.^ Their house has been let ' lately. Have you ever heard a more beautiful voice ? ^ The waiter^ has ordered i° them just now. Will my parasol ^^ be ready ^2 to-morrow? They had in the meantime taken the arms,^^ and they rushed ^^ upon us.^^ That poor family ^^ is still in great distress. ''' His publishing businesses was formerly more imiwrtanti^ than that of [the] Messrs B. Shall 1 have the pleasure 2° of seeing ^^ you '^'^ at his house ^^ the day after to- morrow ? ' Many, wU. ' To emigrate, augwanbcm. ' To, nad). * To meet, trcffcn. * To live, leben. ^ Extravagantly, »ecfid^tt3enberiic|>. ^ To let, t)crmtetl;cn (use the passive). * The voice, bie ©timme. ' The waiter, bcr ,Re((ner. ^° To order, bcficUen. " The parasol, bcr ®onncnf4)irm. '•^ To be ready, feitig fein. " To take the arms, bie SGBaffen ergreifcn. "To rush, ftd> fturjeii. " Upon us, au\ ung. *^The family, btc gamtUe. " The distress, bie Setrangnip (use the dative). " The publishing business, bag UJcrtageigefcfjaft. '* Important, reidjtig. ^" The pleasure, bag a>crgniigcn. ^* Of seeing, ju fe^en. "^ Arrange : you the day after to- morrow at his house to see. " At his house, bet i^m. 148 ELEMENTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. ExERCTSB 30. — I would have painted^ it differently (say, otherwise). Shall we translate it orally, or by writing? I ehall not understand him if he does not speak louder. Which of 2 the ofl&cers^ was longest on leave?* He believes blindly all that^ one relates^ to him. We have had lately (in bet U^ttn 3ctt) an extremely unsettled^ weather, but it has improved a little^ since ^ yesterday. Which girl writes best? I shall set out next Wednesday^** at the latest. My sisters desire to be most kindly remembered to you and Mr N. These two brothers do everything ^i most conscientiously. Smallest are the flowers which grow ^^ on this flower-bed,^^ * To paint, maten. ^ Of, wn, with the dative. ' The officer, ber Dffijier (see § 89). * On leave, auf Uriaub. 'All that, ma tuaS. • To relate, crja{)Ien (say, what one to him relates). ^ Unsettled, unbeflfinbtg. *A little, ctmai (say, since yesterday a little). 'Since, fett. "Next Wednesday, nfidj^en 3Jiittn)0(^ (say, at the latest next Wednesday). " Everything, QlHe^. '^ To grow, tcadjfcn (say, which on this flower-bed grow). " The flower-bed, iai SBeet (use the dative). Exercise 40. — My tea ^ is far 2 too sweet.^ He has conducted himself almost as badly* (say, he has himself almost as badly conducted) as last week.^ This thistle ^ is by far the prettiest '^ [that] we have found.^ My friend^ has in some degree satisfied lo her mother. Scarcely were we done,^i when i^ it began ^'■^ to rain.i* He has known i^ scarcely two lines.^^ This merchant has lost nearly two thousand pounds.^^ The month o/ April ^^ haa only thirty days. He has got ^^ by far the largest share.^^ They have in some degree succeeded ^i to excuse themselves,^^ "phis business has been most lucrative ^^ these (say, in the) last years. 2* • The tea, ber Jl^ce. * Far, mel. ^ Sweet, fii^. * As badly, fo fd)tect)t. •Last week, tortge SCBodje. *The thistle, tie 35iflel. ^Pretty, fd^on. " Arrange, we found have. • My friend, meine Steunbin. " To satisfy, befricbigen (arrange, has her mother in some degree satisfied). " Done, fevtig. " When, aii. *^ To begin, anfangcn (arrange, it to rain began). " To rain, ju tegnen. " Use f onnen. *^ The lines, tie 3cile. " Pounds, «Ufunb. " April, Slprit. '^ To get, Befommen. '^^ The share, bag 3:^ei(. ^' They have . . . succeeded, tS ifi il;nen . . . geluugen, ^^ To excuse themselves, fidf) gu entfdjultigen. ^' Lucrative, eintrciglict) (arrange : in the last years most lucrative). '^^The last year, bag k§te 3al;r (use the dative plural). Exercise 41. — Have you invited ^ him ? Certainly / have. Did she really laugh ^ at it?^ Yes, she did. That lady will surely leave a great deal of money.* Very probably she will ^ bequeath*' considerable^ sums^ to the new hospital.** He will not at all accept ^^ that ofiEice.^i They have indeed very little ^^ time ; they shall, however, ^^ ^q {^u j ^m by no means responsible for it,^^ as^^ you think. Do you absolutely insist upon it ? " Certainly. He has not at all ill-used i^ them ; on ADDITIONAL EXERCISES. 149 the contrary,!' he has treated 20 them with much kindness.21 Surely you shall ^ find that he spits ^^ blood. We were (say, had) by no means wrong ; ^^ quite ^^ on the contrary. ' To invite, etnlabcn. ^ To laugh, lad^en. ' At it, barfiBer. * A great deal of money, fef)t tttct ®flb. 'Say, will she. 'To bequeath, t»ermaci)cn. ^ Considerable, bcbeutcnb. ' The sum, tie ©umme. * The hospital, icii -^ofpital or JlranfentjauS (say, to the new hospital consider- able sums). " To accept, anncl}mcn. " The oflSice, iai 5lmt. " Very little, fetir ttienig. ^ However, tod). " Say, it however do. " Respon- sible for it, tafilr tterantftortttd^. " As, wit. " Upon it, barauf. " To ill-use, mipl;anbetn (see § 61, note). '* On the contrary, im ©egentl^etl. *" To treat, bel;anbcln. ^^ With much kindness, mit sieler. " " Say, shall you. "To spit, fpeicn (say, that he blood spits). "Wrong, llnred(;t. "Quite, ganj. Exercise 42. — People are coming from church ^ (say, come from the church). He will not go, on principle.^ Beside us, he has (say, has he) three pupils, a German ^ and two Frenchmen.* With whom did he go out ? With his friend Charles ; he wanted ^ to take a walk with him. Where to ?6 To the little town ^ which you like so much.^ With (say, in) what intention has he done it? For what purpose ^ does one^*^ use^^ this? Where does he live^^ ^qw ? At D., near Edinburgh.^^ He had (say, was) just^* arrived from London when we met^^ him. After three days he said (say, said he) to me he would not accept it. To my great joy ^^ he will stay ^"^ several ^^ days with ^^ us. * The church, bie ^\t^c. ^ On principle, aui ^cunbfa^. ' The German, ber !Deutfd^e. *The Frenchman, bcr Svanjofc. *To want, tDodcn. • Where to, tool^in. ^ The little town, taS (Stabtdjen. ' To like so much, fo gem ^aben. ' The purpose, bcr 3iuec!. " One, man. " To use, gebtauc^en. " To Hve, iroi^ncn. " Edinburgh, (^ttntmrg. " Just, ebcn. " To meet, treffcn (say, when we him met). '^ The joy, tie Sreube. " To stay, fid(> ouf^alten. " Several, me\)tttc. " With, bei. Exercise 43. — I went through the whole ^ town, but I did not find him (say, found him but not). Towards three o'clock we lost (say, lost we) all patience.^ Whoever ^ is not for me, is against (gegen or iDiter) me. This woman has been very cruel * to her child. Everywhere ^ in the whole country ^ the number ^ of [the] crimes^ has decreased^ (say, has the number, &c.). That old sailor ^° has three times ^^ made the journey ^2 round ^^ the world.i* This^^ is the best medicine ^^ against [the] gout;i'^ I can recommend ^^ it to you. This is a very good fodder ^^ for cattle,20 but not for horses. She did it against my permission,^! and must be punished.22 When will the train ^3 start ? ^ At ten minutes to nine. ' Whole, ganj. * All patience, alle ®etulb. ^ Whoever, toer. * Cruel, graufam (say, against her child very cruel). 'Everywhere, uberaff. 150 ELEMENTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. •The country, lai Sanb. 'The numher, btc 3a^l. "The crime, lai 93erbredjen. * To decrease, abnc^men. " The sailor, ber DJiatrofc. " Say, the journey round the world three times. ^^The journey, fcic Stctfe. " Round, urn. " The world, fcte SBdt. " This, ktcS. *® The medicine, bag OJiittcI. " The gout, tic ©tdjt. ^* To recommend, empfe^len. " The fodder, tai Sutter. ^* Cattle, Siintmcf). ^^ The permission, tie ©rlaubni^. " To punish, beftrafen. " The train, ber 3ug. ^* To start, abgcfjen. Exercise 44, — Geneva^ is one of the finest towns in Switzer- land.2 It * lies on the Rhone.* Where are your sisters ? They sit ^ in the^ garden on the seat ^ in front of [before] the house, and read. 'Let us go ^ under the trees ; it is too hot ^ here. In this language ^ they have not [has one . . . not] this expression.^® These grapes weigh over a pound: We have now spoken long enough about the verb.^^ The children crept into the room with- out being [to be] observed.^^ j^n my friends went (say, travelled) home three days ago (say, before three days). The holidays ^^ will last over a month.^* Where have you put^^ my keys?^® On the little table before the sofa,^^ Have you got accustomed to our climate? 18 (say, have you accustomed yourself ?i^) He renounces^'' this sum of money. * Geneva, @enf. ' Switzerland, bte ©c^ttjctj. ' It, ti. * The Rhone, tit JR^one. ' To sit, fi^en. * The seat, tie JBanf. ' Let us go, Ia§t vmi or laffen " To be admitted, jugetaffen ju icerfcen. " The permission, bte SvIauBnip. " The right, tag 9Jed?t. '^"The snow, ber @d;ncc. ^' To disappear, loerfd^jtoinbcn (see § 48). " xhe story, bie ©efc^id^te. "To attack, angreifen. "In, auf(with the dative). Exercise 46. — Professor and Mrs S. (say, Professor S. and his wife) 1 send their best regards.^ We shall never act contrary to our conviction.^ According to your wishes,^ I have (say, have I) invited 5 him also. Where shall'' I wait for^ you? Where you like ; ^ opposite the station ^ or [the] post-office. 1° Since the fifteenth of March,ii I have (say, have I) not had the slightest ^^ opportunity 13 to speak to him.^^ The whole manufactory, ^^ tos^ether with the dwelling-house,^^ has (say, is) burnt down.^^ Within a week he will (say, will he) have spent ^^ everything. i' A splendid ^'^ new palace ^i is [being] built opposite the town's library. 22 'And his wife, unb or ncbfi dxan. ^ Send their best regards, toffen freunblidjfi grii^en. ' The conviction, bic Ucbevjeugung. * The wish, bcr aCunfd). 'To invite, eintabcn. * Shall, use foftcn. ^For, auf (with the accusative). ' To like, tuoUcn. 'The station, bet Sal^n^of. "The post- office, bte «Pofi. "March, 9){drj. '^gUght, f(ein. "The opportunity, tie ©etegcnl^cit. " To speak to him, xf)n ju fpred)en. " The manufactory, bie Sabrif. "The dwelling-house, bag 9BoI;it^aug. "To burn down, abbrcnncn. "To spend, auSgeben. "Everything, 2IIIcg. ''"Splendid, ^3racl?tt»ofl. ^* The palace, bcr jpalafi. ^^ The town's library, bie ©tabtbibttot^ef. Exercise 47.— He followed i [to] me to (say, till, ii8 gu) the door. Up to this day 2 I have (say, am I) always been satisfied * with you. All except one^ have i)ecome celebrated.^ Without his great negligence,^ he would have succeeded^ in satisfying ^ his master.^ The commercial house i'^ of R. Brothers ^^ has^^ always paid regularly ^^ up to (say, till) last ^* year. We shall put it oflf till next year. They walked along that tedious ^^ wall ^^ in the hope of finding ^^ a gate. Without the least trouble,^^ they have (say, have they) played several ^^ pieces. 2** Sit down beside your sister, you will see the stage ^^ better.22 ' To follow, folgen. ^ See § 153, note. ' Satisfied, juffteteii (say, with you satisfied). * See § 153, note. 'Celebrated, bcruf;mt. ' [The] negligence, bie S^ad^lflfftgfeit. ^ He would have succeeded, hjurfce ei ibm gclungen fern. • In satisfying, ju befriebtgen (say, his master in satisfying). • The master, bcr -^ctr. " The commercial house, bag -^anbelgrjaug. " Of R. Brothers, bcr ©cbriibcr di, " Arrange : has up to last year always regularly paid. " Regularly, rcgelma^tg. " Last, «or;g. " Tedious, tangiueiltg. "Wall, 9Jtaiicr (/.). "In the hope of finding, in bcr •Soffnung 162 ELEMENTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. . . . jw finben. " The leaat trouble, bie geringfle a)lul;c. " Several, me^ter^ *• The piece, iai @tu«f . '* The stage, tie Su^ne. ^^ Better, beffcr. Exercise 48. — The poor man was astonished,^ and wanted^ to thank [to] you, but you were gone' already. He always seemed * to be very honest ; ^ and yet he betrayed ^ all your secrets/ We shall give up ^ all our rights, but only ^ for the sake 1° of peace.^^ To-day I am (say, am I) not quite well ; ^2 I shall therefore stay^' at home. We shall go, partly out of conviction,^* partly out of esteem i** for him. I am sorry ^^ to hear it,*'^ for he did not deserve ^^ that new misfortune. One would understand it if you had neither relations ^^ nor friends. * You must,' he said (say, said he), * either hold your tongue [be silent] 20 or go.' He feared ^i to be expelled,22 otherwise he would (say, would he) not have worked so well ^ of late.^* 'To be astonished, erftaiinen. 'To want, iDoIlen. 'Gone, fort (to be placed after already). *To seem to be, fdjctnen . . . ju fetn. * Honest, e^rlic^. 'To betray, »errat^en (say, betrayed he). 'The secret, baS @et;etmmf. 'To give up, aufgeben. 'Only, nur. "See § 151. " [The] peace, bcr giicbe. "Well, wo% '"To stay, bkxUn. " Conviction. Ucberjcugung. "Esteem, 2ld;timg. '*I am sorry, e3 t^ut mtr kit. "Say, it to (ju) hear. " To deserve, ccrbiencn. " The relation, ber SSenmnbte. ** To be silent, fdjruetgcn. *' To fear, fiirdjten. ** To expel, relegiren (say, expelled to [ju] be, passive). ^ Well, gut. ^ Of late, in ber ie^ten 3ett (to be placed before so well). Exercise 49.— Tell your brother that he must come with you. Since his tutor ^ is unwell,^ and must keep his room,^ his father will surely allow it. She does as if she knew * nothing about it.* When he travels,^ he stops ^ several days in every town. When I was lately ^ in the Zoological Garden ^ at Berlin, I saw for the first time^" two beautiful ostriches.^^ When they (say, one) said that to her, she shrugged ^^ her (say, the) shoulders,^' and would ^* not believe it. Before you go, I would like i* to beg ^^ you to think again ^^ about it.i^ Had one known that sooner,!^ one would have exerted '^ one's self sooner to make that river navigable.2i 'The tutor, ber ^aualcfircr. 'Unwell, umrol^I. "To keep his room, tai Simmer ^uten. * To know, iwijfen (use the suhj. present). ' About it, batjoii. "To travel, rcifen. 'To stop, fic^ auf^alten. * Lately, nt\x\\^. • The Zoological Garden at Berlin, ber JBcrltner 3oo(ogtfc^e 6)aiteii. " For the first time, jum ej^cn WMt. " The ostrich, ber ©traug (see § 88). '* To shnig, jucf en. " The shoulder, bie %d^\ii. " Would, use Juoflen. •* I would like, id^ mcdjte. " To beg . . . to, bitten . . . ju. " Again, nod) rinnuit. " To think about it, baruber nad^jubenfcn. " Sooner, fru^er. ** To exert one's self ... to, fic^ bemu^en . . ju. *' Navigable, fc^iffbar. ALPHABETICAL LIST OF STRONG AKD IRREGULAR VERBS. Those marked with an asterisk change theu- radical vowel in the second and third persons singular of the present indicative, and, if it be e, alto in the second person singular of the imperative, according to the rule stated in § 41, 5. 1 isrufTJTrK. IMFERFECT. PAST PARTICIPLE. PEK8BOT OOMDITIONAU bufc. *badm, to bake, buf, gebatfen, ♦Bcfe^Ien, to command, befall, befo^Ien, befo^Ie. (flc^) beflci§en, to befli§, befliffen, befliJTe. apply one's self, Beginncn, to begin. begann, bcgonnen. begonne. beipen, to bite. m gebiiJcn, bijfe. 1 ♦bergen, to hide, barg, geborgen. bdrge. ♦bcrjien, to burst, borfl, geborfien, bdrfte. betrugen, to deceive, betrog, betrogen, betrogc. bcrcegen, to induce, benjog, benrogen. benjoge. biegeu, to bend, bog, gebogen, boge. bicten, to bid, offer, bot, geboten, bote. binben, to bind. banb, gebunben. bdnbe. bitten, to beg. bat, gcbcten. bate. ♦blafen, to blow. blieS, geblafen. bliefe. bleiben, to remain. blieb. geblieben. bliebe. *broten, to roast, briet. gebroten. briete. *brec^cn, to break, brac^. gebroc^en. brdc^c. brennen, to burn, brannte, gebrannt. brennte. brtngen, to bring, brac^te. gebrac^t, brdd;te. ben fen, to think, ba(i>te, gebadjt, bddjte. bingcn, to hire. bingte. gebiingen. bingte. ♦brefcl;en, to thrash, brofc^ or gebrofd^en. brofdje or brafd). brdfd;c. 154 KLSMKNTA^RT OBRMAN ORAMMAR. mFiNErrvB. IXPSaFBCT. PAST rnxMBrt PAETICIPLK. CONDITIOBaX. bringcn, to press, brang, gebrungen, brouge/ burfcn, to be per- burfte, geburft, burfte. mitted {Pres. Indie. barf, barffl, barfj burfen, burft, burfcn). 1 ♦cmpfeljjieu, to recom- em^fa^I, em))fo^Ieu, eiupfol^Ie. mend. crbletc^cn, to turn crblic^, erblld^en, erSa^e. pale, ; ♦crlofc^cn, to become erlofc^, erlofd^en, crlofc^e. extinguished {Pres. Indie, crlofd^c, er« lifc^ejl, crlifd^t), erfd^aQcn, to resound. erfc^oU, erfc^otten, erfd^oUc. ♦erfc^recf en, to be fright- erfc^raf, er[cl;rocfcn, crfcl;rdfe. ened. *t^m, to eat, a§, gegelfen, d§c. *fa^ren, to drive or go Wr, gcfa^ren, fu^re. in a conveyance. ♦faHcn, to fall, H. gcfaClen, ftelc. ♦fangcn, to catch, f^ng, gefangcn, ftnge. ♦fed^tcn, to fight. foc^t, gcfod^ten, fodjte. ftnbcn, to find, fanb, gcfunben, fdnbe. ♦flec^ten, to twine, flod^t, geflod^tcn, floc^te. fliegen, to fly. fl«>9. geflogen, floge. f!ie^cn, to flee, no^, geflo^en, flo^e flie§cn, to flow, floi gejloffen, floiTc *fre|ten, to eat (said of fra§, gefrcjTcn, frd§t. beasts). fricren, to free/c, fror, gefroren, frore. ' gd!^ren, to ferment, go^r, gego^ren, go^re. 1 ♦gcbdren, to bring forth gebar, geSoren, geSdre. {Pres. Indie, gebdre, geSierjl, gebiert), ♦gcben, to give. gatj, gcgeben, gdbc. gebci^en, to prosper, gebicl), gebic^cn, gebic^f. gc^en, to go. ging. gegangen, ginge. aelingcn, to succeed, gclancj, gclungcn, gcldiige. j LIST OP Sl-BONO AND IAR&tiLI.AR VERBS. 155 1 PAST PKE8ENT nmNiTiTB. IMPKRFEOT. PAHTICIPLE. CONDITIONAL. ♦gelten, to be worth, gait, gcgolten, gdlte or goltc. gcncfen, to recover genaS, gencfcu, gendfe. from illness, genie^en, to enjoy, geno§, gcnoffen, gcnoffc. ♦gefc^e^en, to happen, gefd^a^, ge[d^el;cu, gffd^d^e. cjewinnen, to win. geiuann, genjouucn, gcjrduucor gcwonne. gie^en, to pour. m> gegoffcn, GofTe. gleicf^en, to resemble, glid?, geglid^en, glic^e. glciteu, to ghde, glitt, gcglittcn, glittc. cjlimmen, to glimmer, glonim, geglommeu, glomme. *graben, to dig. grub, gegraben, grdbc. grcifeu, to seize. flnff' gcgriffcn, griffe. *i)altm, to hold. ^ielt, gel^altcn, l^icltc. *!^angen, to hang, ^ing, gc^angen, l^iuge. ^aucn, to hew. m, ge^auen, ^iebe. l^ebcn, to lift, ^ob, ge^oben, ^obe or ^ube. ^et§cn, to be called, ^icf, gc^eipen, ^ie§e. *l^clfen, to help. m ge^olfen, ^ulfe. feifen, to chide. m. gefiffcn, fiffe. fcnncn, to know. fanute, gcfanut, fenntc. flimmcn, to cUmb, flouun, geflomuien, flomme. flingcn, to sound, flang, geflungcn, fiduge. fneifen, to pinch. fniff, gcfuiffcn, fuifff. fommen, to come, fam, gefouimen, fame. fonncn, (can) or to be fonnte, gcfonnt, fonnte. able (Pres. Indie. tann, fannfi, faun; fonnen, fount, ton* ncn), friec^cn, to creep, froc^, Qctxodjm, froc^e. laben, to load, lub, gelaben, lube. ♦laffen, to let, m, gelajTcn, liefe. *Iaufcn, to run. lief, gelaufen, liefe. Iciben, to suffer, litt, gclittm, litte. U\i)tn, to lend, m, flelU^en, lie^. 166 ELEMENTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. mnxiTivB. IMPKRFKCT. PAST PRXSE'XT PAETICIPLB. CONDITIONAU ♦lefcn, to read, lag, gelefen. Idfe. liegcn, to lie, lag, gclegen, Idge. lugen, to tell a lie. iog< gelogcn, loge. niciben, to avoid. micb. gemicbcu, miebc. melfen, to milk, molf, gemolfcn. molfe. *nieffen, to measure, ma§. gcmcjTen, mdfc. mogcn, (may) or to mod^te, gemoc^t, mod^te. like {Pres. Indie. mag, magfl, mag ; mogen, mogt, mogen), mujfen, (must) or to be mu^tc, gemuft, mu^tc. obliged {Pres. Indie. mup, mu§t, muf ; muffen, nmft, muf* fen), *ne^mcn, to take {Pres. na^m, genommen, ndbme, [ /nrfic. ne^me,nimmfl, 1 nimmt). nennen, to name. nannte, genannt. nenntc. ))fcifen, to whistle. ^nlf. gepftffcn, m^' ijflegcn, to practise. Pfiog, ge^flogen, ^fioge. ^reifen, to praise. )3rie§. gepriefen, ^ricfe. ♦queUen, to spring forth, quod. geqnoilen. quoile. *rat^cn, to advise. rict^. gerat:^cn. rict^c. reibcn, to nib. ricb. gcriebcn, riebe. reif en, to tear, tij), gertjfen, riffe. reitcn, to ride. ritt. gcritten, ritte. renncn, to run. rannte, gerannt, rennte. ried^en, to smell. rod?. geroc^en, roc^e. ringen, to wring, rang, gerungm, rdnge. rinnen, to flow. rann. gcronnen, rdnne. rufcn, to call. rief, gcrufen, riefe. ♦faufen, to drink (said n. gcfoffcn, foffe. of beasts), faugcn, to suck. [og, gcfogen. foge. fd^affcn, to create. [d?uf. geWaffcn, f^ufe. fc^ciben, to part, fd^icb, gcfc^ieben, fc^iebe. fd^cincn, to shine, fd^im, qefd^ienen, fd^ienc LIST OF STRONG AND IRRBGULAR TKRBS. 157 PAST nfPSKFXCT. PAKTICITLK. COKDITIONAL. ♦fc^clten, to chide, ff^alt, gcfc^olten, fdldltf ■*[(^eren, to shear, ffI?or, gcfd^oren, fc^ore. fd^icbcn, to shove, fc^ob, gefd^oben, f^obe. fd;ie§en, to shoot, fc^ofc gefd^offen, fc^ojTe. fdjinben, to flay, fc^unb, gcfd^unben, [cbunbe. *fci;Iafcn, to sleep, f^Iief, gefd^lafen, [c^Iiefc. *fci^Iagen, to strike, Wn. gefd^Iagen, fdjliige. fc^Ieid^en, to sneak. m^, gcfd?Iid?en, fd?Iid?c. fdjleifcn, to grind. w^% gefd^Iiffcn, fd^Iiffe. fd)Iei§en, to slit, \m% ge[d?a|Ten, fd^Iifle. [d^Iiefjen, to shut. w^% gefdjlDJTcn, fcJ?loJTe. fdjiingen, to swallow, fc^Iancj, gefd^Iungen, fdjidngc. fd^mci^en, to fling. \^m\% gcfd^mijTen, fd^miffe. *[d)nie^en, to melt. Wmolj, gefdjmol^en, fd^niolje. fd^nauben, to snort, fd^nob, gefd^noben, fc^nobc. fd^eibcn, to cut, fc^nitt, gefdjnitten, f^nitte. fd^rauben, to screw. f(^rob, gefc^roben, fc^robe. fd^reiben, to write, [d;rieb, gefd^ricben, fc^ricbe. fc^reien, to cry. fc^rie, gcfd?ricen, fc^riee. [c^reiten, to stride. fc^ritt, gefd^ritten, [d^ritte. fc^wdren, to fester, [^noor, gcfd^troren, [c^n^orc. fd^ircigen, to be silent. fc^tricg, gefd^njiegen, fc^wiege. *fd)ireClen, to swell. fdjttJoU, gcfc^txjoflen, fc^njolle. fd^njimmen, to swim, fd^iramm, gefdjirommen, fc^rcdmme. fc^trinben, to vanish. [djicanb, gefc^trunben, fdjwdnbe. fc^iringcn, to swing, fd;irang, gefc^rcungen, [d)tv)dngc. fc^troren, to swear. f^rcor or gefc^troren, fdjtviire or fc^irur, [d?n?6re. *fe^en, to see. fa^, gcfe^en, fd^e. fein, to be {Pres. Indie. war, geirefen, irdre. bin, bip, ij^; flnb, feib, flub; Conj. fci). fenbeu, to send, fanbte or gcfanbt or fenbete. fenbete, gefenbct, ftebcn, to boil (intr.), [ott, gefotten, fotte. fingen, to sing, fang, gefungen, fdnge. flnfcn, to sink. fanf, ge fun fen, fdnfe. finnen, to meditate, fann, ge[onnen, fdnne. 158 KUS&CBNTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR, PABT PRESiurr IWFIMITIVI. IMPKKITECT. PARTICIPLE. CONDITIOMAU jl^en, to sit, \^% gefcjfcu, fafe. foUcn, (shall) or to be foHte, gefottt, foate. obliged {Pres. Indie. foil, fotlft [on, reci^en, to speak, fprad;, gcfprod^cn, Mc^e. fprief en, to sprout. [^ro§, gcf^Jtoffen, fVrofTc. [pringcn, to spring, tprang, gcfpruugen, fprnnge. *flccl?cn, to sting, ftac^, geftod^en, ftddje. j^e^ea, to stand, fianb, geflanben, ftdnbe. *fie^Icn, to steal, fici^^l gefto^len, ftd^Ic or fto^Ic. l^eigen, to mount, flieg, gcfliegeu, fliege. *flfrben, to die, jiarb, geftorben, ftiirbe. flicben, to be scattered, l^ob, gejioben, ftobe. ftinfen, to stink, ftanf, gef^unfcn, Itdnfc. *fto§en, to pusli. J^ieB, gelb^eu, ftiejje. ft veid^en, to stroke, jlri^, gejlrid^en, ftriri;e. ftvciten, to contend, flritt, gcf^ritten, ftrirtc. ihni, to do, t^at, get^an, t^dte. *trac]cn, to carry, trug, getragen, triige. *treffen, to hit, traf, getroffeu, trdfc. treiben, to drive. trieb, getrieben, triebe. *treten, to tread {Pres. trat, getreteu, trdtc. In. trcte, trittfl, tritt). tviefen, to drip. tJ:off, getroffen, trijffe. trinfcn, to drink, trail f, getrunfen, trdnfe. *»crl»erbcn, to si>oil, oerbarb, t>erborben, oerDurbe. oerDrie^en, to vex. ocrbrof, ocrbroffeu, oevbri)ffc. ^oergeffcn, to forget, Oerga^, oergejjen, ocrgdjjc. ocrlieren, to lose. yerlor, ocrloren, oerlorc. ♦OcrI5fc^en, to become oerlofd?, oerlofd^cu, oerlofdjc. i extinguished (see erlofd^cu), jjcrfd^ailen, to cease Jjerfd^pa, Ocrf^oUeu, oerfc^oOe. ' sounding, UST OF STRONG AND IRREGULAR VERBS. 159 PAST INFINITIA-K. IMrERFECT. PARTICIPLE. CONDITIONAL, *iradjfen, to grow, njud^S, geaarfjfcn, an"id)fe. )va.]m, to weigh (tr.), irog, geaov^cn, a^ogc. *UMff!^en, to wasli, anifd;, i3eaafd,^en, iviifd;e. ircOcn, to weave, aob, geaoben, aobc. ivetcljeu, to yield, aid; geaid^cu, and^e. ivcifen, to shew, aiea, geaiefen, aiefc. ivcnbert, to turn, aanbte or geaaubt or a^enbete. aenbetc, geaenbet, ^trerben, to sue, aarf>, geaorben, 1 cur be. *trert)en, to become aarb or gea^orben, a-iirbe. {Prcs. fndic. Vitxtii, aurbe, rtirjl, \x\xt>, kc), *-a^erfen, to throw. warf, gcaorfcu, avirfe or trfirfc. iriecjf n, to weigh (int.), aocj, geaogen, aoge. irinbcn, to wind. aanb, geaunbeii, adnbe. | triffen, to know {Pres. au^te, gea'UBt, aiifte. i Indie, iceif, ircift, 1 ireif; trijjcn, trijfet, iriffen), njotlen, to will {Pres. aoHte, gcaoHt, aottte. Indie. vo'xVi, iriflfl, and; irodcn, ivoKt, aoflen). ^ei^cn, to accuse, Jif^. gcjie^en, ^^ie^c. jie^en, to pull. m, 9e,5ogcn, soge. jnjingen, to force. ^aang, gejaunvjcn, jadnge. | ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS OCCURRING IN THE EXERCISES, WITH REFBKENCE TO THE PAGE WHEBB THE GERMAN EQUIVALENT IS GIVEN. The Letters m. /. n. denote Masculine, Feminine, and Neuter Gender. English. German. Abbot , Able About n (concern- ing) Above Absence Absolutely Abuse, to Accept, to Accident , Accompany, to. Account Account (bill) . . . Accuse, to Accustom, to... Acquaintances.., Acquainted Acquit, to Across Act (of a play). Act, to Actor Adjoining Admire, to Admit, to Adorn, to Advance, to Adversity Advice Advise, to 2lBt, m. tii^ttg. bet , PAGE .. 80 .. 89 ..114 uber 124 obcn 115 2lbivcfcnl)ett, /...125 turd}au« 120 mipbraudjcn 6.} aniiel^men 128 Unglucfefall, 7re..l02 bccjlciten 44 mcrgniigung, /..115 Ancestor 2l^n, m 77 n 9Sorfa!^r, m 75 Ancient alt, ci^emaUg.... 83 And unb 127 Angel Sngct, m 57 Anguish 2lngfl, /. 59 Animal 'ill)in, n 62 Answer, to antn^ovten 43 Anybody Semanb 106 Anything ctwai 39, 107 ALPHABETICAL INDEX OP ENGLISH WORDS. 161 Anywhere Apartment Apartments Apothecary's shop Appear, to Apple Apply one's self, to Appointment... Apprehension... Apricot Archbishop Arm Arms (weapons). Army Army-corps Around Arrange, to Arrive, to Art As Ascend, to Aside Ask a question, to Assert, to Assistant Astonishing At Attain, to Austria Author Authorities Avoid, to Awake, to Away Axe irgenbnjo 116 ®emac^, n 73 ©emSc^er, n 52 5l^ot^efe,/. 126 fd^einen 93 2M)fel, m 70 fic^ 6cflei§en 41 9lnpeaung,/...122 sBcforgnif, /..... 64 ?lprifofe,/ Ill Srj6tf(^of, m.... 81 2lrm, m 70 ICaffcn 114 -^eer, n 57 Slrmcecorp?, n... 81 rings 116 ju beforgen 124 anfommen 55 anlangen 131 Jlunft,/. 73,76 ali 65, 126 befietgen Ill hti ©cite 87 fcagen 30 be^uj^ten 113 ©eplfe, m 89 erflaunlt(!^ 128 bet, ju, an 121 crreid^en 100 Oeflreic^, n 84 35erfaffer, m 52 Obrigfeit 106 metben 42 crttjad^cn 130 rocg, fprt....76, 115 2lvt,/. 73 Bachelor (old)... ^ageftolj, m 75 Back juriicf 115 Backward rucfnjflrtS 116 Bake, to bacfcn 44 Ball (a party)... aSall, m 44 " (to play with) ifugel./ aSall, m. 62 PAGE Band-box ©c^ac^tel, / 62 Bank (of a river). Ufer, n 123 Banker SBanauier, m,... 80 Barn ©djeuer,/ 63 Barrister SIfcvofat, m 106 Basin fBtdtn, n 63 Basle aSafel, n 122 Bath Sab, n 72 Battalion JBatatflon, n 81 Battle. ®c!jtac^t,/..60, 124 Bavarian aBoicr, m 74 Bay ©at, aSuc^t,/.... 59 Bay (horse) 3Braunen, m 104 Be, to fetn Ill Be current, to... gctten 36 Be frightened, to crfc^rerfen 36 Be worth, to.... geltcn 36 Beak ©d^nabet, m 71 Bear Sdr, m 75 Bear, to tcagen 44, 102 Beautiful fc^on, adj 22 Beautiful, the... tai @cI>one, n... 59 Beauty ©c^on^eit, /.... 79 Become, to h3crten 36 Bed Sett, n 78, 117 Bedroom @(^tafjtmmer,n.ll6 Beef 9{tnbfletf(!^, n.... Beer. 89 35 Before »om, t50t...ll5, 123 Beg, to Bitten 39 Beggar Settler, m 76 Begin, to anfangcn 55 „ begtnnen 35 Behind ^tnten 116, 123 Belgium SBetgien, n 122 Belong, to gef>oren 81 Beloved geliebt 88 Below unten 115, 123 Bench Sanf,/. 73, 78 Bend, to btegen 37 Benefactor aPo^lt^ter, f»...12-2 Bequeath, to ... vctmac^en 126 Berlin ©erlin, n 82 Beside neben 98 Betray, to tterrat^en 98 Better, like to drink trinfen Tiebcr....ll6 162 ELEMENTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. Between Beyond Beyond descrip- tion Bible Bid, to Bind, to Bird Birth Bishop Bismuth Bite, to Bitter Bitterness Black Blackbird Blade (of grass). Blindly Bliss Blood Blossom Blow Blow, to Blunt Board Boat Body Boilfto, intra7i8. Boldness Bombard, to.... Bonnet Book Book-keeper.... Boot Booty Bom, to be Bottle Bottle, to Bottom Boy Braid, to Branch Brass Bravely, brave.. Bread Preak, to PAGE amf4>en 126 ubcr 123 unBcfc^reibltc^... 79 JBibcl,/. 62 bteten 37 bintcn 34 aSogel, m 39, 71 ©eburt,/. 65 58ifcljof, m 80 2Btgmut^, TO.... 59 beipen 41 bitter 89 JBitterfeit,/ 122 fc^warj 93 2lmfct/. 62 J&atm, m '. 70 bltntltn^a 117 ©eltgfeit, / 67 33lut, 71 60 >431ut^e,/. 79 ©c^tag, m 57 blafen 43 vothtn 119 fhmH)f 22 SBrctt, n 72 58oot, n 125 Seib, m 71 fubtn 38 J?u^n^cit,/ 79 bombartircu, 25, 31 ^ut, TO 90 Surfj,n...l6,3o, 72 58uc^t;alter, 7ra...l25 ©ttefel, TO 78 '3cute,/. 124 geborcn fein Ill gtafd()e,/. 35 abjtel^en 38 JBofccn, TO 70 Stnaht, m 35, 69 Pec^ten 37,39 Stceig, TO 124 ajieffing, n 64 ta^jfer tva(fet..39,86 ©rob, n 60 bttc^en 35,130 Break, to Break out, to.., Breakfast Breast , Breathe, to Bride Bridge Bring, to Bring forth, to. Briton , Broad , Brother Brother-in-law, Brow Brown , Brunswick , Build, to Building Bundle Burn, to Burst, to PAG^ jetbrec^en 102 ou§brcrf)cn 35 Srul)tli;cf, n 40 ^J3ruft,/. 73 atijmen 31 58raut,/ 73 «rucfe, / 124 bringcn 45 gebfiren 36 ?8vtttf, TO.... 74, 77 breit 88 «ruker, TO 69 ©d^njagcr, m... 70 ©tint,/. 43 braun 89 U3raunfd(>n)ftg, n. 92 bauen 30 ©ebaute, n 76 a3unt),58untcl,n. 63 brennen 45 bcrflen 35 ®cfci)afl, n 122 aber 96 58utter,/ 63 faufen 30 fon, an 89 llmfie^cnten 89 nadfy tcr 3ictl;e..ll4 Cable Zau, n 62 Cage, bird JBauer, n 63 Calf .$?alb, n 72 Call 9tuf, TO. 67 Call, to rufen 43 « (name), ncnnen 46 H (out) ... jufammen beru» fen 125 Call upon, to... befucf^en 16 Called, to be . . ^ei^en 43 Candle Stc^t, n 78 Cap aWu^e, / 39 Capital ^auptftabt,y.... 84 Carefully forgfdlttg 119 Carriage 2Sagen, to 16 Carry, to fubr en, tragen ... 44 Carry on, to.... mxtn 122 Cart-load §ut«, n. 63 But Butter Buy, to By By-standers.. By turns ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS. 163 PAGE Case (box) Stxftt,/. 109 Cask %a% H 72 Cassino (a game at cards) Sta^ino, n 80 Castle ®ci)tof, n 61 93urg,/. 77 Catch, to fangett 43 Catch cold, to... Tic^ etfalten 107 Cattle ib«f))te{l{)ftt.... 48 164 ELEMENTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. PAGE juwilet 125 iiBcrjeugen 95 Sibdfyxn,/. 44 ititpfer, n 63 2lbf4)nft,/ 125 ®c^nur,/. 60 Stoxtt, n 61 ric^ttg 100 Sagcr, n 63 ®raf, w 75 rec^nen 30 ®rdftn, / 77 eotm)toir, n 128 Unl, n 19, 72 8an^augd;e)i. nA25 Sanbleben, n.... 75 yantslcute 78 Santleutc 78 Sourier, m 46 aSettet, m 78 Jlu6, /. 73 fc^affen 44 friec^en 38 aSerbree^en, n...l04 aSetbrec^er, m...l24 J?reuj,n 61 gtaufam 118 m,f. 60 3:affe,/. 35 felten 86 Stx^tn, n 63 ©ebrauc^, to.. ..113 fc^netben 41, 97 um^auen 102 jr Dotc^, m 70 Damage ®c^atcn, m 70 Damnation aScrbammnt^, f. 64 Dance, « 3;anj, m 122 Dance, to tan§en 48 Dane 5)ftne, m 74 Danger ®efa^r,/. 119 Dangerou sly ... . gef fil^rltd(> 115 Darius 2)ario8, m 84 Dark bunfel 55 Darkness Dunfel^tit, /...I26 Contrary to.. Convince, to. Cook Copper Copy Cord Com Correct, Cor- rectly Couch Count Count, to Countess Counting-house Country Country-house.. Country-life Countrymen.... Country-people. Courier Cousin, male... Cow Create, to Creep, to Crime Criminal Cross Cruel Cunning Cup Curious (rare).. Cushion Custom Cut, to Cut down, to... PAGB Darkness Stnftemti/.... 64 Date JDattet, /. 62 Daughter Zoa)tex, f. 71 Day 3;ag, m 70, 128 Dear Ueb 87 Debt .....^dfyult,/. 60 Deceive, to betrugcn 38 Decisive entf^jeitenb 90 Deed Z^at,f. 60 Deep tief. 19 Degenerate, to., miparten 53 Delay, to auffc^icben 1 05 Deliver, to abliefcm 54 Demand, to forbern. 99 Depart, to abretfen 54 Departure 2lbretfe, f. 124 Desire «un,/. 74 Despair of, to... vcrjiretfetn an.... 81 Destroy, to jcrjloten 54 Destroyer Scrflorer, m 131 Detain, to aufbalten 43 Diamond JDtamant, m..,. 80 Die, to fierbcn 36 Dig, to graben 44 Dignitary @eif!Uc^c, m.... 81 Diligent flct^tg 119 Dine, to ju SKittag effen, fbeifen 121 Dining-room.... ®frtfcfaal, »n...ll6 Dinner aJJittag^cffe n, n.. 40 Directly foqletc^ 122 Disapprove, to., mipbifligen 53 Discover, to enttcden 54 Disease Jfranfbeit, /..... 41 Disgrace ©c^mac^, /. 60 Dish @d>u)Tfl,/. 62 Displease, to... mt^faKcn 53 Disregard, to... mt§acbtcn 53 Distinctly fceutlidj 119 Distress SBetrflngni^, /... 64 Ditch ®raben, m...... 70 Divide, to wrtbctlen 124 Do, to tbun 46, 117 Dog ^unt, m 89, 70 Dominican JComimfaner, m. 81 Door JEbur, /. 65 Dozen JDu^cnb, n Ill ALPHABEtlCAL mDEX Of EKQLISH WORDS. 166 PAGE Dra<»on !Droc^e, m 64 Dress Jtteibung,/. 75 Dress one's self, to . fic^ anjie^en, 38, 97 Dress one's self, to fid) anfleifcen, 65, 97 Drink, to trinfen 35 H (said of beasts) faufen 38 Drip, to trtefen 38 Drive, to (any- thing) treiben 42 Drive, to (in a carriage, &c. ) fafjren 44 Drought Zxodni^,/. 64 Drum flrommel, /..... 62 Dry trocfen 88 Ducat 3)u!at, m 80 Duchy -^erjogtlium, n... 92 During nji^renb 125 Dust ®tauS, rn 57 Duty $Pid>t, /. 46 Dwell, to Jt»ol)nen 30 Each ieter 112 Eagerness ®uv,/. 59 Ear.... D^r, n 78 Early fru^...55, 116, 119 Earn, to tjcrttencn 31 Earth ^xU,/. 97 Ease Serttgfeit,/. 128 Easily Iric^t 107 Eat, to effen 39 ,. (beasts), freffen 39 Edge diant, m 71 Edinburgh ©ttnburg, n 93 Educate, to frate^en 128 Education ©rjit^ung, /....lOO Edward Stuart, m 92 Egg ®i,n 72,76 Elephant (BUp^mt, m.... 80 Elizabeth ©Itfabet^, / . . . . 82 Emigrate, to.... auSwantern 105 Eminent au8gejetc^net....l06 Empire Sietd^, n 61 Enemy getnb, m 22, 31 End Cnke. n 78 End (purpose).. Endure, to England English, adj. . . . II 8 Englishman Englishwoman,. Enjoy, to Enjoyment Entertain, to... Environs Err, to Error Escape, to II Estate II M Esteem Etna (Mount)... Europe Even Evening Ever Every II Everybody Everything Everywhere Evil Examine, to.... Example Exceedingly Excessive Exchange Excuse, to Exert one's self, to Exhaust, to. Expect, to Expel, to Experiment Extensive Extinguished, to become.... Extraordinarily Extravagantly. . PAGB Swccf, m 122 ju ertragen 131 ©nglant, n 83 englifd) 81 englifc^e, n 106 ©ngldnter, m...l00 @n9ianfcertn,/..106 geniefen 37 @enu^, m 65 unter^alten 54 Umgegent),/.... 55 trren 97 3rrt^um, m 73 enttommen 31 entf^cingen 49 ®ut, n 72 Sanbgut, n 30 95efi§ung 79 2lc^tung, /. 81 Sletna 93 ©ucopa, n 93 then, auci), fcgar,119 Slbenb, m 104 it, iemala 116 aUt 98 itttt 102, 106 Sekermann 106 miti 39, 97 uberatt 116 Uebcl, 71. a36fe, n. 42 nac|)fe^en 117 JBcifvicl, n 93 ubcrau3 119 ubermd^tg 131 aSorfe,/. 89 «ttfd()uMgen.... 54 ftc!(> bemul^en 119 erfdjojjfcn 120 crirarten 77 rtlegtren 25, 81 aSerfuc^, m 115 au«gebe^nt 126 erlofc^en 38 ouferort)eiitUc^..ll8 tctf(^tt3enkmfd^..l07 166 SLSMlGiffAftt OfiltMA^ QRAMMAd. Extremely du^erfl 119 Kye auge, n 78 Eyelash aBimper /. 63 Fable Sabel,/. 62 Face Oefic^t, n....73, 78 Faculty gahiltat,/ 81 Fail, to faatrcn 25, 31 Faith ©laube, m 77 Faithful trcu 88 Faithfully treuitc^ 117 Falcon galfe, wi 64 Kali gait, m 57 Fall, to fatten 31 Fall asleep, to. . etnf(i[>tafcn 43 Fall ill, to erfranten 31 Fall oflf, to abfatten 75 Family gamiUe,/. 89 Far toett 119 Fashions. SKobcn 89 Fast ft^nett 42 Fat gett, n 61 Father SSatct, m 70 Fault ge^let, m 93 Favour ®efallcn, m 65 ®unft, / 59 Fear %nr(S)t,f. 59 Fear, to furci^ten 102 Feather Seber, /. 63 Feel, to fasten 105 Ferment, to .... gitjren. 37 Ferry over, to. . iiberfe^en 64 Fester, to [c^rcdrcn 38 Festival Seft, n 61 Fetch, to f)oltn 121 Fetter ^tl, /. 62 Fever diehtx, n 63 Few ttjentg 92 Field Met, m 70 . mt>, n 72 Fight, to fec^ten 37 Fig-tree geigcnbaum, n»..102 Finch 5tnf, m 76 Find, to finfcen 34 Pine fc^on 87 Fine, $ ©elkfirafc, /....106 Finger Singer, m 42 PAG^ Finish, to beenkigen 131 Fire geuer, n 63 Fist Saufi,/. 73 Flax mcid^i, m 37 Flee, to flieben 31,37 Fleet Slotte, / 77 Flesh Steifc^, n 61 Flight 51ucl?t,/. 59 II to put to., in bie Slud^t f(i|>lagcn 52 Fling, to f4>mei§en 41 Flood 81ut,/. 59 Flour mtf)l n 61 Flow, to jKepen 31, 37 Flower Slume,/. 75 Flower-bed SSeet, n 60 Fluency. @eiauftgfeit,/...128 Fly, to jiiegen 31, 37 Fly away, to. . . . luegfTiegen 37 Fodder Sutter, n 63 Foliage Saub, n 61 Follow, to folgen 93 Folly Z\)ox^nt,/. 58 Food JJofi, /. 60 Fool S^avr, m 75 II Zt)ov, m 75 Foot 5ui, m 69 Fop ®td, m 75 For fur, naci;, benn..l22 Force, to gwingen 35 Forehead @tirn,/ 60 Forest gorfi, m 77 II aBotb, m 71 Foretell, to cori^erfagen 55 Forge, to fc^mieben 30 Forget, to sergeffen 40 Fork ©abet,/ 16, 76 Form Sorm,/ 59 Form, to bilben 83 Formerly fonfi 116 Forsake, to loerlaffen 97 Fortress gefiung, /. 84 Forward ttortoirM 116 FossU goffil, n 80 Foundation @runb, m 101 Fowl «u^n, n 72 France 8ranftei4>, n,..., 19 ALPHABETICAL iNDJEX OTf KNQLtSH W0iElf)8. 16^ PACK Frankfort grantfutt, n 83 Frederick grtebrtc^, m. 82, 110 Freedom gm^ttt, /. 79 Freeze, to frttren 37 Freight Srat^t,/. 69 French, adj franjofifdje 79 « 8 gfratijcrifc^ 30 Fresh frtf* 100 Friend 5reunt), wi...22, 30 From..... aui, tjon 90 Fruit gruc^t, /...73, 102 M Obft, n 61 Full *oa 114 Funds gontJ, m 80 Furnish, to m65Itten....25, 119 Gain ®ttvinn, m 65 Guin, to mcetben ...81, 128 Game SBilb, n 62 Ganges ®ange8, m 58 Garden ®arten, m 70 Gardener ©ftrtner, tw 42 Garden-wall .... @artenmauer,y.l24 Garlands ©uirlanben 52 Garment ©enjanb, n 73 StUxt, n 72 Garrison aSefa^ung, /..... 84 Gate JT^or, n 70 Geneva ®enf, n 103 Genius @eme, n 80 Gentleman J&err, m 90 Gently Irife 118 German (lan- guage) JDeutfc^e, n 30 Germany IDeutfd^tanb, n.. 19 Get, to befommcn 75 Girl m&td)tn, n 22 Give, to geben 39 „ fc^enfen 76 Give up, to oufgeben 131 Gladly gem 48 Glass ®Ial, n 35, 72 Glide, to gletten 41 Glimmer, to..., gttmmen 38 Glow @iutB. f 59 Go, to gelKu 31, 43 Go away, to fottge^en 43 PAGE Go in, to ]^tncinge]^cn...43, 56 Go in a con- veyance, to .. fatjrcn 31 Go out, to auJge^en 43 God @ott 45, 71 Goddess ©otttn,/. 74 Godfather ®et?atter, m 78 Gold, 8 ®olb, n 61 n adj golben 122 Good gut 87, 92 Goods aBaaren 56 Goose ®an«,/. 73 Gooseberry. ®tadjel6eere, /..103 Gospel ©oangettum, n.. 80 Gout ®tc^t,/. 59 Governess (Srjte^ertn, /....lOO Graciously gndbig 119 Grain Jtorn, n 72 Grammar @rammatif,/...100 Grant, to bemtttgen 125 Grapes 2Beinttauben, /. 22 Grass ®ra8, n 72 Grave @ruft, /. 73 •• ®rab, n 72 Grease @c|)matj,n 61 Great gro^ 92 Greatness ®rBfle,/. 68 Grreece ®riec^entanb, n. 93 Green grun 79, 87 Grind fdjictfen 41 G^^ow, to ttjac^fen 44 " tcerfcen 22 Growth SBac^t^um, m. and n 66 Guard SBad^jt, /. 60 Guard, to bettjadjen, l^uten. 75 Guess, to crratl^en 79, 117 Guest ®afl, m 113 Hague ^aag, m 59 Hair ^aax, n 61 Hammer <§ammer, m 70 Hand ^ant,/. 35, 73 Handbook J&anbbu 120 Harbour J&afen, m 70, 76 Hardship a3efc^tt?ert)e, /. . . 1 3 1 Hare ^afe, m 64 Harz Moun- tains -Oarj, m 83 j Haste Jpa|l, /. 69 Hat ^ut, m 19 Hatchet SBetl, n 60 Hate, to Men 102 Hay -^eu, n 61 Head J&auH n 72 It Ro)(>i m 39 Health ©efunb^eit, /. . . 99 Heap <&aufe, m 77 Hear, to &oren 30 Heart -^erj, n 77 Heath J&etbe, /. 65 Heathen J&etbe, m 66 Hedge J&erfe, /. 76 Heifer Jtinb, n 61 Heir (5rbe, m 65 Helm ©teuet, n 64 Help, to ^flfcn 36 Herb Slxaui, n 72 Herdsman <&irt, m 43, 75 Here ^ier 116 Hero -^cll), m 76 Heroine J&eltin, /. 74 Hew, to ^uen 43 Hide, to bergen 35 High t)»c^ 89, 92 Hill *uget, m 123 Him i^n 30, 94 History ®ef(^i(^te, /..... 105 Hit, to trcffen 36 Hither ^er. 115, 116 Hitherto btg^ec 116 Hold, to fatten 43 Hold under, to., un'terl^altcn 64 Hole iod), n 72 Holiday getertog, w 79 Home nac^ -^au* 44 Home, at ju ^aufe 19 Honest, adj.... e^rti(^ 44 Hoof J&uf, m 70 Hope.. Horn . Horse. Hospital Host Hot Hour House Hover, to How Howling Human being... Hundredweight Hungarian Husbands PAGB ^offnuno,/ 113 <»irn, n 72 ^lU'crb, n 69 JHi'B, n fil Jpou'ital, n 80 @ct>ar,/ 60 f)m 93 @tuntf,/. 109 J&au8, n 72 fc^rceben 123 JDte 35, 117 ®e^eul, n 57 aJicnfc^, m 69 (Scntncr, m Jl 1 Ungar, m 74 S^emfinner, m.. 79 I i(* 94 I am sorry e« t^ut mir Uit.120 Ice (5t8, n 36 If roenn 16 m franf 19 Illness Jlranf^fit, /..... 126 Immediately. . . . fogleic^ 40 Impatient ungebultig 22 Impending bevorfic^enti 125 Implicit unbetingt 120 Important toic^tig 102 Impossible unmogli^ 107 Impostor JBctrugcr, m 107 Improbable untual^rfdicinlid) 120 Improve, to fic^ beffcrn 117 In in, auf, herein — 19, 101, 116 In spite of tro^ 124 Inch 3oa, m 78 Increase, to junebmen 76 Indeed freilidj 120 Indescribable... unbef(^ictbUdj,... 79 Individual Snibituum, n 80 Induce, to bett>fgen 37 Industriously.... Pei^ig 1 20 Inestimable unfdb'5bl''^i" 79 Inexcusable unioer3ei^ltc^....l02 Infantry Snfanterie, /....128 Influence ©inffuf, m 122 Inform, to btnac^ri^^tigtn... 1 19 ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS. 169 FAGB Inhabit, to htmof^ntn 77 Inhabitant @inj»c»^ncr,7».81,99 Inheritance ©rbe, n 65 Injury @d;atc, m 77 Ink Jiiite,/ 43 Inkstand Xintenfaf, n....l23 Insect 3nfett, n 80 Insist, to befie^en 96 Instinct Snfiinft, 7« 80 Insurrection.... 2lufl"tanb, m 65 Instruct, to unteiridjten 100 Integrity 9tctadjfett,/....106 Intellect 93erfianb, m 65 Intensely innig 118 Intention 2lbfi(^t, /. 117 Interest Sntevcff e, n 107 Interpret, to. . . . erf laren 81 Into in 90 Intolerable uncrtrdgltdj 120 Invitation (^inlabung, /, ... 128 Invite, to einlaken ....90, 114 Irresistibly unwiktrfie^Ucij)... 99 Iron ®ifen, n 30 Iron, to j^UUten 79 Isaiah SefataS, m 81 Island 3nfel, /. 77 Ivy (&pl)tn, m 123 Jailer (Sefangentedrtct, m 49 Jam anuJ, n 61 January Sanuar, m Ill Jaw JJiefcr, m 65 John So^ann, m 79 Journey JReifc, / 93 Joy greute,/. 67 Judge JRic^tet, m 124 June Sum, m Ill Just, adv. eben, adv. ..55, 117 Kaffir Jlaffer, m 74 Keep, to l^alten 43 Key ©c^iujfel, m 40 KiU, to tobtcn 31 Kindly fceunblic^ 118 Kindness &xttt, f. 64 King Jlontg, m 46 Kingdom Jlonigteic^, n.... 81 Knee Jlnte, n 61 Knife 3)?effcr, n 16, 70 Knock, to flcpfcn 104 Know, to etfennen 97 N fennen 45 n tt)if[en 46 Knowledge Jtenntnif,/. 105 Ladder Better,/. 63 Lady S)ame,/. 43 n (young) ... Stiulctn, n 35 Lake @ee, m 78 Lamb Samm, n 72 Land Sank, n 61 Land, to lanben 31 Lard @d>mol§, n 61 Large grop 88 Last, to tauern 124 Last night tjorige S^adjt .... 39 Late fpat 116, 119 Lately neulic^ 117 Laugh, to lac^en 30 Laurel Sorbeer, m 78 Law %t\t%, n 106 Lead OBlet, n 60 Lead the way, to t3orange^en...43, 55 Leaf SBIatt, n 72, 75 Lean, to [\d) fiu§en 131 Leap @i)ntng, m 67 Leap, to uberfefeen 124 Leap over, to... u'berfet«t 64 Leap-year ©dja[tj[a!^r, n...l09 Learn, to lernen 30 Learned man... ©ele^ttet, m.... 89 Leather Sefcer, n 63 Leave, to laffen. 43 Leave behind, to ^tntettaffen 107 Left linU 115 Leg SSein, n 60 Leg of mutton.. J&ammetfeule, /. 44 Lend, to tet^en 42 Lesson ©tunbe 40 Let, to (a house) termiet^en 64 Let alone- to... laffen 43 170 fiLBMENTART QfillMAN QRaMMaB- Letter M (of the alphabet) ' ^JL^ Letter-box ^ Liable Librarian Library Lie, to (tell a lie) Lie down, to.... Life Lift, to Light « Lighten, to Lighthouse Like, to Limb Limit Line Lion Listen to, to.... Little It Live, to „ (dweU). Liver Load Load, to Lock Lodgers * (male).. Long Look Look, to Look on, to Looking-glass... Lop, to Lord Lose, to Lot... Loud, loudly ... Louse Love, to Luck Lucrative PACK SBncf, m 43 aSuc^ftabe, m.... 11 58rteffaflen,JfJ^17 untetnjotfen 114 aSibliot^efar, m. 89 aSifcliot^ef, /.... 89 lugen 38 tiegen 40 Seben, n 77 l^eben 38 ^eO 66 8i(^t, n 72,81 b%n 131 Seuc^tt^mm, m. 123 gern l^aben, v.a. and n 88 %X\t\,n 72 3icl, n 62 3eUe, /.«./)/..... 66 %mt,m. 103 onl^oren 107 fletn 88 ttjcnig, adv 120 Icben 107 too^ncn 102 Seber, /. 63 «ofl,/. 60 laben 44 ©d^bf, n 73 a)iietr;8{eute 78 aJiiet^Smdnner... 79 lange 30, 117 Slice, « 57 fe^en 40 auSfe^en 131 ©Vieget, m 102 befc^nciben 75 Sorb, m 80 tjerlieren 38 «oo«, n 61 lout 118 8au8,/. 73 Ueben 30 @lucf, n 61 cintrftgUc^ 131 PAGft Maas aJ}oa«, /. 83 Magpie ©Ifier, /. 63 Maid-servant... SKagb,/. 74 Main SKain, m 83 Maintain, to.... untci^altcn 81 Major SDIaiot, m 80 Make, to mac^en 93 Malt .3Ralj, n 61 Man aJknn, m 71 n a)}enf4>, m 75 Manage, to loeriraUen 89 Manager SSorfie^er, m.... 81 Mangle a«angel,/. 62 Manner Slrt,/. 59 Manufacture, to fabrtciten 26 Manufacturer., gabrtfant, m....l22 Many matw^er 112 Many things... aJielrt 124 Married people. ®^cleute 78 Marrow ajJatf, n 61 Marry, to ^eirat^en, 84 Mary aiiarie,/. 93 M ast (of a ship) aiiaft, m. 78 IMiister -^err, m 76 Material a)iatcrtal, n 80 r. ®toff, m 70 May aWat, m Ill Mayence Q)iatnj, n 83 Me midj, mtr 94 Meal 3«a^l, n 61 Mean, to meinen 104 Means SDHttcl, n 63 Meantime untecbeffen 117 Measure '^\^a.%, n 61 Measure, to meffen 40 Meat gletfc^, n 40 Medicine QKebirin, /. 31 Meditate fmnen. 36 Meet, to begegncn 31 I. treffen 37 Meeting Conferenj,/. 81 Melt, to fc^meljcn 38 Men aJicnfc^en 114 R (honest) ... SBtebcrmdnncr... 78 M of honour.. (S^renmdnncr... 78 Merchant Jlaufmann, m... 31 Merchanta Jf.iuf[eute 78, 90 ALPHABETIOAL INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS. 171 PAGB Messenger S3ote, to 46 Messrs tie Jperren 126 Might TlafV, /.....125 RLilk 0)HI(^, /. 35 Milk, to melfen 38 Milt a««j,/. 60 Mind QJemut^, n 73 Mine, ^ron. my. mexii 98 Miners JBergleute 78 Minster 3)iimftcr, m 89 Miscarry, to.... mt^lingen 53 Miserably f(ent> 118 Misfortune Unglucf, n 113 Mislay uerUgen 100 Miss Srdulein 35 Mississippi a)MfftffH)|)i, to... 58 Mistake Scl^Irr, to 93 !• Srrt^um, to 65 Mistress Stau,/. 106 Misuuderstand, to mifiTDcrfiel^en 120 Mock at, to fpotten 96 Modest Sefc^citen 89 Moment 9liigenbUcf, to... 90 Money @elb, n 16, 72 Monk aJionc^, to 81 Monkey ?lffe, to 64 Monument Monument, «... 80 Moon »l)ionb, m 43 Moor a)?o^r(e), to 74 More me^r 31 Morning SDh'rgcn, to 55 Mortal @terbUd)er, TO... 89 Moselle 9)iofel, / 104 Moss aTJoo«, n 61 Most boc^ft 119 Mother DJiutter, /. 71 Mount, to fteigcn 42 Mountain SBcrg, to 19 Mountains ©cbirge, n 57 Mourning 2;raucr,/ 117 Mouse maxA, f. 74 Mouth SWunb, to 79 M (of beasts) aJiaul, n 72 Move, to jicfecn 31 PAGB Move, to ttltfett 123 Moved geru^rt 127 Mr J&err. 35 Much Mel 37, 92 Munich SKundjen, n 121 Murmur, to murren 131 Music aJiufif, /. 36 My metn 97, 98 Nail iriagel, to 71 Name gflamc, to 77 » (Christian) 3Sorname, to.... 46 Name, to ncnncn 45 Named, to be... betBcn 43 Nation QSolf, n 57 Nature Sftatur, f. Go Navigable fc^tffbar 100 Nay netn 120 Near na^ 92 Nearly betna^e 119 Neat, nottn {Rtnb, n 72 Necker Slecfar, to 83 Need ^Qi% f. 74 Needle «Ratct, /. 69 Negligence SJIac^laffigf eit, / 120 Neighbour SRacfjbar, to 78 Snad^fte, TO H)7 Nephew sReffe, to 76 Nerve ».... JUen), to 75 Nest SRefl, n 72 Net 9lc6, n 61 Never nie 116 * ntcmals 116 » nimmer 116 New neu 75 News giac^vidjt,/ 90 Newspaper Seitung, f. 76 Niece Stic^te, /. 122 Night ^aaiii,/. 74 No (negative)... nctit 120 Noble ..etcl 89 Noblemen Stelleutc 78 Nobody iRicmant 107 None, no fetn....l6, 90 112 Noon aJiittag, m 122 Norwegian flloriceget, m.... 77 Not nit^t 19 172 ELEMENTARY GERMAN QRAAIMAR,. PACK Not anywhere... nirgenb... 116 Nothing n\(i)U 107 Now jc^t 116 » nun 116 Nowhere ntrgcnb? 116 Number of 15.. aiJantel, n 66 .. of 60.. @4)ocf, TO 62 Numerous ja&lretd^ 89 Nut ^m,f. 74 Oar Obedience Obedient, -ly. Obey, to Object Obligation Obliged, to be. Observe, to Obtain, to Occupy, to Of Of it... Office.. Officer. Often.. Oil Old.... On On leave Once One (French on) One another.... Onion Only Open, to Opportunity.... Opposite Oracle Orally Orange Orator Order, to Order (of monks) aiuber, n 63 ©e^orfam, m....l20 gc^orfam 93 gel^orc^cn 48 ©egenfianb, m... 65 3i«ct, m 100 aSerbtnbacf)fctt/.122 mujfen 47 becbad^ten 114 cr^alten 122 btic^cn 79 auf 130 t3on 121 fcavon,..95, 96, 103 2lmt, n 72 Offijier, m 81 oft 117 Del, n 61 alt 86 an 123 our" 93, 123 auf Uriaub, m... 81 einfi 116 man 107 etnanber 97 3n)iebel,/. 62 nur 119 aufmadjen 55 ©elegen^cit, /... 93 gegtnubcr 125 Orafel, n. 63 munlUc^ 117 9Un'elfinc, / 96 JKetner, m 93 bejtcUen 76 Orbcn, m 81 PAGS Ore (Sti, « 60 Organ Drgcl,/. 62 Original Ovigtiml, n 125 Ostrich ©traup, m 78 Others •. anbcrn 120 Otherwise anber8 46, 117 Ounce Unit,/. 109 Our unfcr 98 Out of aui 121 Over ubcr 123 Owner ©igcntl;umer, m. 90 Ox Od)i, m 75 Oyster 5lu)^et,/. 77 Pain Paint, to Pair Palace Pap Paper Parable Paradise Parasol Parcel Parents Park Part (in a play) M (of a whole) Part, to Particulars Party Pass, to Pass for, to. Past Pasture Path Patience Pattern Paul , Pay, to Pay a visit, to. Peace. Pear.. @ette, /. 55 ©c^merj, m 78 maten 52 ^aax, n 76 ^iala^, m 75 a«u8, n 61 3paptcr, n 16 ^axabd, f. 62 ^acabic3, n 89 ©onnenfdjirm, m. 89 $ac{et, n 39 eitcrn, m 30 ^atlm 45 moUt,/. 106 Z\)e\l,m 66 f(^ciben 42 JDctail, n 80 ©efettfc^aft,/— 55, 128 ^ajftren 25 gelten 36 tjoruber 79 SBnU,/. 43 a3aH/. 59 $fob, i»» 70 ®ebulb, /. 16 mnftn, n 63 $aulu«, m 82 btaa^len...l06, 126 einen a3efu(^ rnad^tn 48 8tiebe, m 77 SBtme. /. 109 ALPHABETICAL INDEX OP ENGLISH WORDS. 173 Peasant ?ecnliar ?en Penknife Pension People II Pepper Perform, to Perhaps Permission Persia Person * (male).. Physician Picture Piece Pieces, into Pis Pinchbeck Pine Pink (flower)... Pitch Place Place, to Plan Planet Plant, to Plaster Plate Platina Play (a game, &c.) Play (a theatre) Pleasant. Pleasure Pledge Plough, to Plumb-line Po Pocket-book .... Pocket-hand- kerchief Poem Point Poison PAGE Sauet, m 77 hgent^umUc^ ...113 geter, /. 37 ^etfrmeffer, n...l04 ®naben3c!^alt,n.l25 ^enfion,/ 125 Scute 93 aSolf, n 73 5^fffffr, m 109 erfuttcn 54 ncUeti+t, etma...l20 ©rlaubnip,/.... 40 ^Uerfien, n 84 ^crfon,/ 93 '^Slamipn^on, Jl 58 ?lr}t, m 128 «tlt, n 72 @tucf, n 40 entjwei 42 @(^trftn, » 62 Xcmbarf, m 59 J7icfcr, / 65 9ldh,/. 102 ^ed), n 61 Ort, TO 71, 78 Men 123 5Jtan, m 54 $tanet, m 80 bepflanjen 75 m^fttt, n 63 Setter, m 76 gpiotma,/ 59 @met, n 62 SfbaufDtel, n... 55 an.]cne^m 93 ?u't./. 60 aU'ant, n 72 rfliigen 77 8in^, n 61 5Ul\ m 58 lafct^culntdj, n... 65 lafdjentud), n... 31) ^etidjt, n 104 %\xnh, m 70 ©ift, n 61 PACV Pole (of a car- riage) JDeic^fet,/. 62 Poor arm 22 Poor, 8. plur.... 2lmien, m 37 Pope ^a^jfi, m 80 Poplar a^apuel,/. 62 Population SBettotferung, /.. 84 Portion %{)t\i, n 62 Portrait iportrdt, » 80 Post ^o%f 60 Post-horse ^jjofi^jferb, n 131 Potatoe Jtartoffel, /. 45 Pound 5)3funb, n 70 Pour, to gtefcn 37 Powder 5Pult)er, n 63 Power ©ewatt, /. 65 .1 3Ka<^t 74 Powerful mfic^ttg 93 Practise ^jlegen 38 Praise «ob, n 114 Praise, to ^eifen 42 Pray, to bUten 39 Pre-eminently., loorjuglic^ 92 Prefect 5)8r4feft, m 80 Prefer, to wr jiel^en 84 Press, to bringen 37 Pretty ^ubfc^ 79 Priesthood ^rtefierfc^aft, /. 57 Prince gurfi 75 .. 5Prtnj, m 75 Principal ^l)<^, m 82 Principality Surficnti^um, n. 73 Principle ®runtifa§, to. ..114 Print, to tnicfen 52 Prison Jterfer, m 65 Privilege 95orrec^t, n 79 Prize (in a lot- tery) Soo8, n 37 Probably tt^a^rfd^etnftd) ...120 Problem UJroblcm, n 81 Professor t'rofeffor, m 80 Profit (^cicinn, TO 109 „ 9iu§cn, m 115 Progress ^mtf^ritte m.i>/.l 20 Promise *-l>erfprec^cn, »... 54 Promise, to loerfDredjen 105 Pronoun jpconom, n 80 174 ELEMENTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. FAGB Proper time.... tec^ten 3rit 37 Property.. ®ut, n 61 Proprietor SBefi^cr, m 88 Prosper, to getei^en 42 Prosperity @lucf, n 128 Prosperous iDo^Il^abenb 117 Prune, to Befd()nciten 42 Prussia ipreuf en, n 81 Prussian, adj... ^reuftfd> Ill Prussian, s Spreufe, m 74 Psalm '^falm, m 80 Public ?liu6Itfum, n.... 81 n adj cffcntUc^ 89 Publishing '-Beilagggefdjaft, business n 126 Pull, to jteljen 38 Punish, to beflrafen 106 Pupil ©djuler, m 30 Purse 33orfe,/. 37 Pursue, to \3frfol^en 76 Push, to fiopen 43 Put, to fe^en 123 Put off, to auffdjteSen 126 Put on, to auffe^en 55 Quail SBac^tct,/. 62 Quickly fc^netl 118 Quiet flitt, adv 19 Quite gana 113 Quotient Quotient, m 80 Rack Rage Rain Raiu, to Ransack, to. Rather Rattling Raven Ravine Ray.... Reach, to.... Read, to Reading , Reading-book.. Ready (money) goiter,/. 63 2But^,/. 60 JJiegcn, m 115 tegnen 30,128 ^lunbern 52 Itcber 44, 119 ®eraffel, n 57 JRabc, m 64 ©c^tuc^t,/. 60 ®tva^l, m 78 reidjcn 97 trreic^eiu. 100 lefen 39 Sefen, n 59 8efebuc^, n 100 baar, adj. 122 Really Ream Reap, to Reason Receive, to n Recollect, to.... Recommend, to. Recover, to (from illness) Reed Regiment Relate any- thing, to Rely, to Remain, to Remove, to Render, to Renounce, to... Repair, to Repast Repeat, to Report, to Request, s Require, to Resemble Resin Resound, to Respected Responsible Rest Return, to Return any- thing, to Reward Rhine Rhone Ribbon Rice Rich, adj Riches Ride, to Right II Rightful Ripe Rise, to PAGB totrnt<^ 120 JRtei, 71 61 ernten 107 aSernunft, /..... 126 em^jfangen 81 er:^aUen 93 jxc^ etinnern.... 102 enMjfe^Un 35 genefcn 39 fkoijx, n 61 JRegiment, n 80 erja^Ien 120 ftdj> »erlaf[cn 95 bteiben 42 jte^en 39 Icijlen 125 fi(^ begcben 125 auSkfyern 76 ma%n 61 tutcber^olen 106 bertdjten 102 aSitte, / 102 bebiirfcn 105 gletc^en 41 -§arj, n 61 erfc^atlen 37 angefe^en 93 ioerantiDortIic^...l01 9tu^e,/ 57 jurucfgebett 90 jutucffcf)tcfen 55 8o^n, m 6Q JR^etn, m 58 JR^one,/. 58 aSant), » 72, 78 sua, m 114 retdj 88 JRctdjt(;um, m... 65 retten 31, 41 3?ec^t n 61 red;t,recl't«.115, 119 red^tmilpig 90 xixiadj 22 ficigen 31, 42 ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF ENGLlbH WORDS. 175 Rise (the sun)., Eise out of bed, to Rising River Road Roam through, to '. Roast, to Rock Roe Roof Room Root Rope Rotten Round, adj Round about... Royal Rub, to Ruby Ruin Rule Run, to Run away, to. Rush Rush, to Russia FAGB aufge^en. 43, 55 auffle^en 54 aufgei^ent) 90 mul m 19 SBeg, m 43 turc^jie^'en 54 braten 43 Se(fcn, m 123 fRt% n (51 ^ad), n 72, 7G 3tmmer, n 52 aBuvjcl, /. 62 ®eil, n 55 faul 76 runt) 95 urn 122 tontgUd^ 52 retben 42 mnbin, m 80 JRutne,/. 77 atcgcl,/. 62 laufen 43 rennen 45 tanonlaufcn 55 ©djitf, n 61 fid^ fiurjen 119 9iu^lant),7i 83 Sacrifice D^jfer, ru 63 Saddle ©attel, m 71 Sail @cgel, « 63 Sail, to fegeln 31 Sailor Q}iatrufe, m 125 Salt ®alj, n 61 Sand @anb, m 57 Satisfied jufrieten. ... 96, 120 Satisfy, to befriebigen 107 Sausage SBurfi,/. 74 Save, to rcttcn 97 Saving fparfxm 128 Savings ©rfparni^, /..... 64 Say (they) man fagt 32 Say, to (agen 30 Scandinavian... ffanbinaioifc^en... 77 Scarcely faum 119 fAGB Scattered, to be fKeben 38 School ®c^ute,/.....19, 75 Schoolboy ®c^ulfnabe, m... 62 Science aBtffcnfc!)aft,/..114 Scotland ®d;ottlanb, n. ... 1 1 7 Scream, to fdjieien 42 Sea aJieer, n 60 „ ®e«,/. 60 Seal 51Jetfd?aft, n 64 » @tegel, n 68 Sealing-wax ©iegc Hacf, n. ... 1 14 Seam S^a^/ 74 Secret ©e^^cimni^, W...127 •I adj. »crborgen 114 See, to fe^en 40 Seed @aat, / 60 n ®ame, m, 77 Seize, to gvetfen 41 Seldom [cUen 117 Self felbct, felbfi 97 Sell, to iDcrfaufen. 54 Sempstress SU^tertn, /..... 76 Send, to fenten 45 Sense @tnn, m 90 Servant JDtenet, m 93 M (man). .. iBebiente, m 44 Serve, to btenen 103 Service 3)ienfl, m 125 Serviceable nu^tic^ 93 Set, to (the sun) untcrge^en— 43, 56, 123 Set out, to abrcifen 54 Several me^reter 79 Severe (illness, &c.) fd()»er 40 Sex ©cfc^lec^t, n.... 73 Shake, to tranfen 97 Shall fott 104 Shame ©d^am,/. 60 Shape ®efiaU, /. 65 Share S^etl, n 62 Sharp [d;arf 93 Shear, to f^jercn 38 Sheep ®c^af,n 69 Sheet (of paper) JBogen, m 109 Shell QKufc^tl, /. 62 Shepherdess .... •&irttn, /....,.,.. 74 176 ELEMENTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. Sbew, to Shield...'.!!.".'!.'." Shine, to Ship Ship, to Shirt Shoe...: Shoemaker Shoot, to Shooting-season Shop Shore Short Shoulder. ti Shove, to Shovel Shrug, to Shut, to Sickle....!!!!!!!! Sieve Sight Sign-board Silent, to be.... Silver Sing, to Singer Singing Sink, to Sister Sit down, to.... Situation n • Skin * c... Sleep Sleep, to Slice Slipper Slit, to Slowly Small SmelL Smell, to Smith PACK JDCtfen 42 jrigen. 96 ®djtlb, m 66 fdjetnen 42 @ct;tff, n. 61 ucriatrn 106 ^emi, n 78 ®(^u^, m 70 ©c^ufemadjcr, jn..76 fc^ic^en 38 Sagfcjcit,/. 180 8aben, m 70, 78 Ufer, n 125 fur^ 77 9ld)icl, / 77 ®d)ultcr, /. 63 fc^tcbcn 38 ®*aufel,/. 62 jurfcn 77 f(t)licfen 38 jiimadjen 65 ®tdjel,/. 62 <£tcb, n 62 2lnb(icf, m 90 ®£^tlb, n 73 fcfjn'cu]en 42 (Sitber, n 64 fmgen 35 ^angerin, /.,... 106 O^efang, m 65 fmfen 31 @(^rof ft er, /..... 41 |tc^ fe$en...40, 123 Sage,/. 84 ©tette,/. 131 Mi, n 61 •&aut,/. 73 ©djlaf, m, 122 fc^Iaffit 43 @turfd;cn, n 40 ^Jantoffcl, m. .. 78 fc^lcipen 41 langfam..,.40, 115 tlein 76 @eru4>, m 99 riec^en 38 @c^mteb, m 39 Sneak, to Snort, to Snow So Soldier Sole, to Solo Solution Some It Somebody Something Song Soon Sophia Sound, a II (straits \ 5. It (in health). Sound, to Sow Sow seed, to. . . . Spain Spark Speak, to Speak ill, to.... Spectre Speech Spelling-book... Spend, to Spin, to. Spirit Spit, to Splendidly Splendour Spoil, to Spoon Sprain, to Spread, to Spring, to Spring forth, to Sprout, to Spur Stag Stage Stage-coach. Stairs II , down.... PAGE fc^Wc^ot 41 fdjnauben 38 ®(^nee, m 131 fo 117 ®olbat, m 75 bcfo^len 79 @olo, n 80 Sluflofung, /..... 81 etnige 77 ctwa3 114 Seifrmann 107 etwa« 107 8iei, n 72 balb 116, 119 @o^)^ic,/. 82 Sout, in 70 ®unb, m 90 gefunb 126 flingen 34 Sau,/. 60 fden. 107 ©panten, n 114 Sunfe, m 77 fpreiten 36 a36fc« leicn 107 ©efpcnfl, n 73 JRete,/. 44 Sibel, /. 62 audgcben 55 f))tnnen 36 ®etfl, m 71 f|)eien 42 ))ra4)t»oU 119 ^xci6)t,f. 60 wrterben 36 Sojfel, m 16, 76 »errcnfcn 128 urn firt? gretfcn.. 42 fpringen 31, 35 quellen 38 fvric^cn 38 @j3orn, m 78 J&irfd), m 44 JBul^nc, /. 106 (Siliwagen, m 55 Irew, / 131 binunter 116 ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS. 177 Stairs, up Stand, to Start, to State Statesmen Statute Stay, to Steal, to Steamboat Steel Steel-pen Step, to Stick Still Sting Sting, to Stink, to Stone... Stop, to (at a place) Store Story Stove Stranger Straw Strawberry Stream Street. Strength Strict Stride, to Strike, to Stroke, to Strong Student Study Study, to Stuff Subject Sublime, s Succeed, to Successor Suck, to Sue, to Suffer, to PAGE o6cn 116 fieT)cn 44 atifal^ren 55 @taat, m 78 ©taitb, m t)5 ©taatSmSniier... 78 (Statut, n 80 bletkn 42 fle^len 36 5)anH)ff(^tff, n...ll2 ®ta% m 59 ®tar}Ifetcr,/....115 trcten 41 ®to(f, m 42 jlitt 45 @taci)fl, m 78 flec^en 36 fttnfen 35 ©teitt, m 35, 69 ftd} auf^a(ten...l23 aScrratl}, m 120 ®efct)ici)tc, /....102 Ofen, 7/i 70 Srembc, m 90 @tro^, n 62 ©vbbcere, /. 103 ®trom, m 69 @traH f. 88 Jlraft,/. 73 jlveng 120 fcfjreiten 41 [cfjtagen 44 fiictd()en 41 taucv^aft 99 flarf 93 (Stubent, m 81 ©tuHrfiuk, /...1 16 ftuttven 31 3cug, n 62 Untert^an, m... 78 ©r^aknc, n 90 gelingen 34, 120 atad^fotgcr, rn... 84 faugcn 38 metben 36 letben 41, 128 Sugar Sum (of money) Summer Sun Supper Suppliantly Surely.. Surrounding (country) Swallow, to Swear, to Swede Sweet Swell, to Swim, to Swing, to Switzerland Sword Table Tailor Take, to Take arms, &c., to Take a walk, to Take off, to Tale Talk, to Tall Taste (one of the senses) . . . Taste, to Tax Tea Teach, to Teacher Tear Tear, to Tear out, to Tfedious Tell, to Tenfold Tent Thames Than Thank, to PAGR 3ucfer, m 109 ©clbfumme,/... 89 @ommcr, m 52 (Sonne, /. 43 SlbenbBrob, ».. 40 flcIjcntUc^ 117 9ett)i^ 120 Umjegenb, /.... 55 fci^jHngcn 34 fc^iDoren 38 ©d^tuebe, m 77 fu^ 88 fdjttjetlen 38 fd^iDtmmen 36 f^ivtngen 35 ®c^tt)dj, /. 83 ©d^n^ert, m 73 %m,r.r^..... 62 %\\^.^f,..0:i1L 76 C3^^ ®d?netbcr, m.... 96 ne^men 36 ergretfcn 114 f^jajteren 9et;cn..l21 auSjtc'^en 38, 55 9K%cIjen, n.... 84 fpre^en 104 gro^ 22 ®ef(i^madf, m 65 foflen 96 @teucr,/. 66 %^tt, m 35 unterttd()ten 106 8e^ret, m....30, 69 3;^rfine, /. 127 rei^en 41 auSrct^en 41, 76 langnjetUg 93 fagen 22, 30 je^nfac^er ;09 Mi, n < 62 Jr^cmfc, /....... 123 cU« 92 banfen 96 178 ELEMENTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. That, conj. Theatre Then Theologian There These Thief Thing Think, to This Thistle Thither Thorn Thought Thousand Thrash, to Thread Throne Through Throw, to ri Thrush Thunder, to Tiber Tight Till Time Time, at the same Times Tin Tin-plate Tired Title-page To To-day Together Token To-morrow To-morrow, after Too Top Torch Torment. PAGE ba§ 22 3;^eater, n 64 bann 116 Z^eoloi, m 81 ta, bott 115 bic8 89, 102 3)ie6, m 49 JDtng, n 60 bcnfm 45, 96 bieS, biefcr 100 3)tftet, / 62 ^in 115, 116 3?orn, m 77 ©cbanfc, m 77 taufenb 109 ttefdjen 37 Saben, m 70 Jl^ron, W...70, 111 bind) — 95, 101, 103, 122 mrfen 36 fc^jtagen 124 5)rop,/. 62 bonnern 131 %\lix,f. 58 eng 96 H3 126 3eit,/. 16 jugWc^ 117 mat 109 3inn, n 62 mten 122 Trouble, to bemul^cn 97 Truly fuma^r 120 II nja^rlici^ 120 Truth aCa^v^ictt, /..... 106 Try, to. Mfen 128 It tterfu(i()en 96 Tune «teb, n 42 Tunnel Jlunnet, m 122 Turk XiixU, m 74 Turn, to Ujcnbcn 46 Turn pale, to... erMeid^en 41 Tutor '^auStcl^ier, 7n...lOO Two kinds jiveiertet 109 Twine, to flcc^tcn 37 Tyrant Jl^rann, m 97 Umbrella Uncle Uncommonly... Under Understand, to. Universally University Unpack, to Unsettled Unwell Up Upon Upon oath Upstairs 3?cgcnfd()trm, to. 128 Onfel, m 100' ungcmein 92 unter 123 tfcrPc^en 48 allgenietn 106 Unimfitat,/... 81 nuauarfen 65 uubfftanbtg 126 unmofil 19 l^erauf 116 auf...96, 101, 123 ettUc^ 117 pben 116 ALPHABETICAL INDEX OP ENGLISH WORDS. 179 ds un« 37 Usage ©ebraudj, m 65 Use, to gcfcraudjcu 48 Use ill, to mi^'^anbetn 53 Usual gemoljniic^ 131 Usurper llfur^)ator, wi. . . 1 16 Vain, in umfonfl 117 II loetgcbena 117 Valley Z^. n 73 Vanish, to fd^iutntcn 35 Various ttcrfdjiebene 81 Vein 2lber,/. 63 Venture, to tvagen 48 Verb 33ctb, n 80 Very gar, fe^r 119 Vex, to loertvtcfen 38 Vice Safler, n 63 Vienna SBicn, n 84 Village 2)orf, n 72, 76 Violently l^cfttg 119 Visit, to t)efud(>cn 49 Voice ©timmc, /. 106 Volume fScini, m 65 Vote, to flimmen 95 Wagoners. .. Wait, to Wait for, to. Waiter Walk Walk, to Wall Want Want, to. Wanting (to be) War Warehouse Warm Warn Wash, to. Watch .... Water.... Sol^n, n 79 gut^rleute, m.... 78 hjarten 30 abmorten 93 J?cUncr, m 46 @^)ajiergang, m. 90 gel^en 43 flpajtercn 76 SWauer,/ 69 2Banb,/ 74 aJlangeV m 42 braud^en 76 fe^tcn Ill Sttitq, m 122 sftiiefccrlagc, /...128 tcavm 22 aufmerffixm niadjcn 130 juafd()en 44 ll()r, /. 69 aOBaJTer, n 64 PAGE Water, to begic^en 64 , 76 . 39 . 90 . 88 . 38 Wave, to fdjwcnfen.. Wax 2Bad>8, n .. Wear, to tvagen Weather SBetter, n. Weave, to tceben Week aajodjc,/. 03 Weekly rob^entli^ 79 Weigh, to, in- trans hjxegen 38 Weigh, to, trans toftgcn 38 Well gut, adv 119 It iro^t 19 Wellbeing fBo% n 62 Wether (sheep), ^ammcl, m 70 What wai 30 Wheel sRrtb, n 72 When tt,ann 19, 116 tttenn, conj 56 Whence wo^tx 116 Where i»o 19 Whereon. njoran 46 While tnbcm 131 Whistle )3fetfen 41 Whither hjobtn 116 Whitsuntide.... ^fingj^en, ^/....123 Who tvcx 103, 104 Whole ganj 113 Whom ben 102 II toen 103 Whom, to mem 89 Why, tvavum 30, 48 Wick 2)o(^t, m 70 Wife aBetb, n 73 Wilderness SBtlbmf, f 64 Will 2BiUc, m'. 77 William 2Btl^eIm, m. ...Ill Willingly gem 119 Win, to geh)innen 36 Wind aUinb, m 119 Wind, to hjinbcn 35 Wind one's self, to r^ fci)tfingetn...l23 Window gcnficr, « 55 Wine SGBein, m 35 Wine-press Rctter, / 63 180 ELEMENTARY GERMAN GRAMMAR. Wisdom , Wise Wish Wish, to With Within Without II Woe Wolf Woman II 1 Wonder Wood Wood (a forest) Word Work Work, to Worker Workpeople. . . . World Worm Wound, to , Wreck PAGE 2Bet8^ett,/. 58 iueife 88 2Bunfdj, m 128 tvunfd^cn 1^0 mtt...96, 101, 103 innen 115, 125 aupen 1 15 ofine 126 5ffie^, n 62 SQSoIf, m 31 grau,/ 59 jjraucn^inimer, n. 58 aGBunfcer, n 64 «§otj, n 104 aUalb, m 127 OBovt, n 73, 78 OBcrf, n 52 arbeitcn 31 Slrkiter, m 106 ?lrbett«(eute 78 2Bctt,/. 45 SCBurm, m...39, 71 fcrwunten 97 aSracf, n 62 Wring, to rtngen 34 Write, to fdjretBcn 42 Writing ©djrtft, ./ 60 Wrong, adv fatfd(?... 77 II , s Unved^t, v ...107 Yard me,/. 109 Yarn ®arn, n 61 Year Sat^r, n Ill Yes ia 120 ,1 ja t)3oi)l 120 Yesterday gcflcrn 40 II , before, vorgeflcrn 117 i Yet no^ 116 j Yield tvnc^en 41 Yoke 3oc^, n 61 Yonder tort .....115 You i^r 94 Young iung 87 Your Sl^r 16, 98 > Youth Sugcnt. / 58 j Zero 9tvi\l/. 60 ' Zinc 3tnf, 7»... 59 THE END. Edinburgh: Printed by W. & R. Chambers, Limited. ^^^^ ^^A^^^H.c£^^ — . a.^^^ ^^''^ >'A 04389 924158 THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA UBRARY Otu